Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Publishing / Cronos Australia

Cronos Australia

cau · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cau
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Publishing
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Cronos Australia
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

E

N

T

A

U

R

M

E

D

I

A

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

3

ANNUAL REPORT AND  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Introduction 
Highlights of the year and during MAP23 
Chair’s Statement 
Strategy 
Chief Executive’s Statement 
Key Performance Indicators 
Performance: Financial Review 
Section 172 Statement 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) report 
Risk Management 
Viability Statement 

1
2
4
10
14
16
23

27
38
42

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
Board of Directors 
Executive Committee 
Directors’ Report 
Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance 
Audit Committee Report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in respect of the financial statements  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

OTHER INFORMATION 
Five Year Record 
Directors, Advisers and 
Other Corporate Information 

43
45
46

48
52
55
56

71

72
76
83

118

IBC

Advise. Inform. Connect.

Our purpose
We enable ambitious leaders 
to see around corners and 
deliver change

Our vision
We aim to be the ‘go to’ 
company in the international 
marketing and legal sectors to:

•  We inspire and empower the 

•  Provide business information to 

world’s most dynamic leaders in the 
marketing and legal professions

customers using data, content and 
insight; 

•  We are committed to the delivery of 
market-leading insight and tangible 
outcomes to build long-term, 
sustainable growth

•  Every article, every piece of 

research, every data point, every 
live event, training programme, 
advisory opportunity and interaction 
turbo-charges leaders and their 
teams to predict the future and  
then make it happen

•  Offer training services through 
digital initiatives and online 
programmes;

•  Connect specific communities 
through digital media and 
events; and

•  Advise businesses on how to 

improve their performance and 
return on investments.

We will build strong and lasting 
relationships with our customers 
by providing cutting-edge insight 
and analysis to deliver long-
term sustainable returns for our 
shareholders.

Our business
Centaur is an international provider of business information, training and specialist 
consultancy in the marketing and legal professions that inspires and enables 
people to excel at what they do. Our Xeim and The Lawyer business units serve 
the marketing and legal sectors respectively and, across both, we offer a wide 
range of products and services targeted at helping our customers add value.

Our reputation is built on the trust and confidence arising from a deep 
understanding of these sectors and a strong track record of providing our 
customers with market-leading insight, content, data and training. Our key 
strengths are the expertise of our people, the quality of our brands and products, 
and our ability to harness technology to innovate continually and develop our 
customer offering. This enables us to help our customers raise their aspirations 
and deliver better performance. 

www.centaurmedia.com

Highlights of the year and during MAP23

Financial highlights

Strategic and operational highlights 
•  Strong performance exceeding the MAP23 EBITDA 

Revenue from continuing operations

margin objective of 23% in 2023

•  Clear operational and financial steps taken to focus 
on organic growth and manage costs that have built 
a strong platform for future profitable revenue growth

• 

Increase in higher quality revenue to 80% of revenue 
from continuing operations

•  New customer-centric products launched including 
MW Mini MBA in Management course, additional 
learning courses on Econsultancy’s LMS platform 
and Horizon Live in The Lawyer

•  Closure of two brands, Really B2B and Design Week, 

after revenue and profit performance below expectations

•  Strong balance sheet with net cash balance of £9.5m 
after a return of capital to shareholders paid of £8.9m 
in ordinary and special dividends

2023

2022

2021

2020

Net Cash3

2023

2022

2021

2020

£37.3m

£38.4m

£35.4m

£29.3m

£9.5m

£16.0m

£13.1m

£8.3m

Adjusted1,2 EBITDA

2023

2022

2021

2020

21%

16%

12%

Adjusted1 diluted EPS

2023

2022

2021

2020

0.3p

2.6p

1.9p

26%

£9.7m

4.2p

1  See alternative performance measures section for definition of adjusted results

2  Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to Adjusted Operating Profit in note 1(b)

3  Net Cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits 

1

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChair’s Statement 

Dear Shareholder,
2023 was a challenging year – the uncertain macro 
and geopolitical conditions continued to drive customer 
caution. At the same time, the long-term supportive 
tailwinds for the business information and digital training 
industry remained and are reflected in the strong profit and 
dividend increases reported with these results. 

Throughout the year Centaur has 
maintained its strategy of reducing its  
reliance on non-strategic legacy  
revenue streams and focusing on  
the continuing customer need for in- 
depth quality information and engaging 
digital communities. 

We embarked on our Margin Acceleration 
Plan (MAP23) in 2020 with three clear 
objectives: implementing a simple, efficient 
and scalable operating model; developing 
high quality, trusted products which are 
the leaders in their particular markets; 
and building the credibility of Centaur’s 
management team for delivering on its 
strategic and financial commitments.

Our focus on providing deep insight to 
the legal and marketing sectors, and on 
delivering MAP23, has never wavered. 2023 
was the culmination of all the operational 
and financial steps implemented since 2020 
to improve the profitability, efficiency and 
quality of the Group.  I am proud to say that 
the Board believes Centaur has substantially 
completed its MAP23 objectives and this in 
turn gives us the platform and confidence to 
accelerate Centaur’s growth post MAP23.

People 

Our people are at the heart of who we are 
and what we do. Our aim is to provide a 
culture in which our people thrive and feel 
valued for who they are and what they 
bring to Centaur and our customers. Over 
the last three years, we have revitalised our 
team with some quality hires to maintain 
the energy and capability to drive the 
business forward. 

I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank all our people for their hard work, 
dedication and commitment to the 
business. It is their innovation, expertise 
and exceptional drive that has enabled us 
to deliver our MAP23 margin goal, despite 

the ever-changing environment that has 
been particularly challenging over the last 
few years. 

As part of our focus on our people, we 
have established values and behaviours 
that we want to foster across the Group. 
These provide a platform for collaborative, 
dedicated partners and problem solvers 
who are passionate, accountable, 
customer-centric and knowledgeable. We 
are confident that, if we can live by our 
values every day, our colleagues will feel 
part of a team that is enabled, energised 
and confident and our clients will feel 
respected, supported and inspired.

Performance 
The Group achieved a record Adjusted 
EBITDA (£9.7m) and EBITDA margin (26%) 
in 2023 despite the market headwinds. 
These results reflect a strong contribution 
across Centaur’s unique portfolio with our 
flagship brands benefiting from enhanced 
pricing, strong renewal rates and large 
contracts with international blue-chip 
corporates, supported by our other brands 
which were driven by a full programme 
of in-person events, quality content and 
networking capabilities.

Our MAP23 strategy was launched in 2020 
when businesses were still struggling 
with the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. 
Despite further unexpected financial 
and geopolitical headwinds, the decisive 
strategic initiatives taken over the last 
three years have enabled us to exceed the 
ambitious profitability targets set out by 
MAP23. It is particularly satisfying to see 
that our Adjusted EBITDA margin for 2023 
was 26%, well ahead of our MAP23 target 
of 23% and more than double the margin 
in 2020.  

Exceeding our 
expectations on 
margin growth 
and laying the 
foundations for 
Centaur’s future.”

Colin Jones
Chair

2

www.centaurmedia.comThe achievement of MAP23 reflects 
our continuing focus on satisfying our 
customers’ needs, thus generating higher 
quality revenue streams from blue-chip 
customers. The revenue from Premium 
Content and Training and Advisory now 
represents a significantly higher proportion 
of Group revenue than it did in 2020 
and has driven an increase in like-for-like 
revenue by nearly a third over that period 
to £37.3m for the year. While this is below 
the MAP23 revenue target, the shortfall is 
due to the closure of some businesses and 
the cessation of low margin non-strategic 
products, with the underlying quality of 
revenue even higher than anticipated at 
the start of MAP23.

Centaur has transformed itself into a higher 
quality, scalable and more robust business 
which in turn has enabled it to deliver 
significantly increased shareholder returns.

Dividend and capital 
allocation 
The Board believes in the long-term 
fundamentals of Centaur, recognising the 
importance of total shareholder returns, 
and has rewarded investors by maintaining 
dividend payments throughout the MAP23 
period. In line with our normal dividend 
policy of distributing 40% of Adjusted 
retained earnings, the Board has proposed 
a final dividend of 1.2 pence per share 
which, when added to the interim dividend, 
provides a total dividend for 2023 of 
1.8 pence. The 64% increase in ordinary 
dividends this year is particularly pleasing. 

Additionally, the Group paid special 
dividends of 5 pence per share in 2023 
as the success of the MAP23 strategy 
generated significantly stronger cash flows 
and a more robust balance sheet. This 
brings total dividends during MAP23 to 8.9 
pence per share, equivalent to £12.8m,

The Group’s capital allocation policy is 
based on retaining sufficient cash in the 
business to fund all organic investment, 
including technology and new products, 
while maintaining a prudent level of funding 
to cover unexpected working capital 
volatility. The Group will also consider 
complementary bolt-on acquisitions to 
supplement its growth strategy.

ESG
Building on all the hard work we did last 
year to improve our reporting standards 
of climate-related financial information, 
in 2023 we have continued to drive the 
importance of ESG through our corporate 
behaviours and strategic approach and 
made sure these aspects remain a core 
consideration in our business decisions.

The key areas of focus for us remain the 
reduction of our impact on the planet and 
improving the effect our business has 
on our people and their development, 
concentrating on ensuring we attract and 
retain the best and most diverse talent. 

Star Children’s Hospices and Crisis. We also 
raised funds for Macmillan Cancer Support 
in memory of our much-missed late friend 
and colleague, Suki Thompson, and for the 
Turkish Earthquake Appeal.

Looking ahead
The outlook remains challenging. The usual 
market positivity at the start of the year 
has waned and, while the inflation drag 
is easing, sentiment is dominated by the 
uncertain geopolitical climate both at home 
and overseas.

While we start 2024 cautious of the 
macroeconomic environment’s impact 
on Centaur, we remain reassured by the 
strategic, operational, financial and social 
deliverables that we have achieved over 
the last year and since 2020, despite the 
tumultuous environment. Our laser focus 
on creating high quality products that 
serve the needs of our customers and 
improving the efficiency of our business 
model, means that we have created solid 
foundations from which Centaur can 
approach the next stage in its development 
and continue to deliver the specialist 
insights our customers need to succeed. 
I feel sure that Centaur has the talent, 
customers, strategic capability and financial 
discipline to both adapt to the challenges 
and realise the opportunities that lie ahead.

As a corporate citizen, we were pleased to 
have supported two charities in 2023 that 
our employees indicated were of importance 
to them and their communities – Shooting 

COLIN JONES
Chair

12 March 2024

3

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStrategy

4

MAP23

Three-year plan to grow revenues to >£45m and  
profit margins to 23% by 2023

An international provider of business information,  
training and specialist consultancy

Brands to focus investment on

Investment

•  MW Mini MBA

•  Econsultancy

• 

Influencer Intelligence

•  The Lawyer

Customer focus

•  Systems

•  Data

•  People

New products

•  Enhanced content offerings

•  Sell more to existing 

•  Digital subscriptions

customers

•  Optimise pricing

•  Cross-sell within Xeim

International growth

Control of costs

www.centaurmedia.comOur overall strategy is to create shareholder value by focusing on higher quality revenue streams to 
satisfy the needs of our customers and to drive margin acceleration through our operational leverage. 
Despite the uncertain macroeconomic backdrop and sector-wide challenges in both 2023 and since 
the start of our MAP23 strategy in 2020, we are proud to have exceeded the profitability targets set 
out in MAP23. Over the last three years, we have refocused and repurposed the business, and we are 
pleased with the strong foundations for future growth we have created. 

Centaur is an international provider of 
business information, training and specialist 
consultancy that inspires and enables 
customers to excel at what they do, raising 
their aspirations and delivering better 
performance.

The Group’s aim is to be the ‘go to’ 
company in the international marketing and 
legal sectors to:

•  Provide business information to 

customers using data, content and 
insight;

•  Offer training services through digital 
initiatives and online programmes;

•  Connect specific communities through 

digital media and events; and

•  Advise businesses on how to improve 

their performance and ROI.

Over the past year, the Group has 
performed well and has exceeded the 
ambitious profitability targets set out by 
MAP23 three years ago. By continuing 
to invest in our key trusted brands, such 
as Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence, 

MW Mini MBA and The Lawyer, we have 
focused on higher quality revenue streams 
generated from blue-chip customers, and 
the operational leverage inherent within 
Centaur’s business.

Margin Acceleration Plan: 
MAP23
The success of MAP23, more than 
doubling Group profitability from an 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 12% in 2020 
to 26% in 2023, reflects our sustained 
commitment to profitable revenue growth. 
This has been predominantly driven by 
the Group’s increase in higher quality 
profitable revenue, delivering increased 
gross margins while maintaining our cost 
base at pre-MAP23 levels. This highlights 
the operational leverage inherent within 
Centaur’s business model with improved 
efficiencies and lays the foundations for 
long-term sustainable growth.

The revenue-driven growth in profitability in 
each of the past three years demonstrates 
the resilience of our business. In particular, 

the continued growth in profitability through 
a period of operational changes in 2022 
and 2023 is a significant achievement, and 
a reflection of the exceptional commitment 
of our people. This year’s results reflect 
the strength of the Group’s structure 
and purpose as we moved towards the 
completion of MAP23. 

Revenue model

Our business model is integral to driving 
the profitability and success of the Group. 
We continue to focus on the higher quality 
revenue streams through Xeim and The 
Lawyer, being: 

•  Premium Content comprising 

subscription-driven paid content 
services; and

• 

Training and Advisory from marketing 
consultancy, digital learning and online 
training courses.

Looking ahead, we are determined 
to keep driving performance beyond 
MAP23 to become a customer-centric 
business intelligence and learning 
organisation with growth from organic 
revenue, new product development 
and selective bolt-on acquisitions. I 
firmly believe Centaur has the talent, 
strategy and financial discipline to 
achieve its ambitious objectives.”

Swag Mukerji
Chief Executive Officer

5

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStrategy
CONTINUED

Revenue breakdown 
The chart below shows which brands derive significant revenue from each revenue stream:

i

m
e
X

Brand

Econsultancy

Influencer 
Intelligence

MW Mini MBA

Festival of 
Marketing

Oystercatchers

Marketing Week

Fashion & 
Beauty Monitor

Foresight News

Creative Review

Really B2B / 
Design Week

The Lawyer

Premium 
Content

Training and 
Advisory

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Events

4

4

4

4

4

4

Marketing 
Solutions

Recruitment 
Advertising

Discontinued 
Operations

45.0
Revenue

4

4

4

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

m
£

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0

80%

67%

4

4

2020

2023

Higher quality revenue

Other revenue

4

0%

9%

4

3%

3%

Revenue 2023 
(continuing) (% of total)

41%

40%

10%

6%

Revenue 2020*  
(% of total)

* As reported

41%

26%

8%

13%

Through our focus on the more significant brands in the Group, we have continued to improve the quality of our revenue with over 80% 
of total revenue in 2023 coming from our higher quality Premium Content and Training and Advisory revenue streams (2020: 67%) which 
have grown by 38% during MAP23.

During MAP23, revenue from outside the United Kingdom has increased from £10.0m (31% of Group revenue) in 2020 to £14.4m (38% of 
Group revenue) in 2023 driven by the growth in Training and Advisory revenue.

6

www.centaurmedia.comOur portfolio

XEIM

THE LAWYER

At The Lawyer, we will continue to drive 
growth with data-led content and product 
development for the top 100 law firms in 
the UK and US and increase our footprint 
in the European market. Its loyal customer 
base enables The Lawyer to continue 
to drive growth in our core information 
product by adding new content areas 
including legal technology and risk in 2024. 
We also have plans to launch a subscription 
intelligence service and a new digital 
platform for subscribers, creating more 
opportunities for subscribers to make use 
of our content and data. 

To augment our digital content, we will be 
expanding our series of face-to-face forums, 
designed to foster interactive conversations 
so senior legal leaders can both gain 
deeper insights from our content and data, 
and discuss the strategic implications for 
themselves and the market. 

Alongside this, The Lawyer will continue to 
expand the opportunities for networking 
beyond our highly regarded conferences 
through the launch of The Legal Leadership 
Club.

Xeim
Xeim takes its name from ‘Excellence In 
Marketing’ and its purpose is to improve 
the performance of marketers. The Xeim 
portfolio brings together the Group’s nine 
marketing brands which are trusted by 
its customers and in which there is long 
standing confidence – Econsultancy, 
Influencer Intelligence, MW Mini MBA, 
Festival of Marketing, Marketing Week, 
Creative Review, Fashion & Beauty Monitor, 
Oystercatchers and Foresight News – to 
support the marketing sector, providing 
our customers with the advice, information 
and connections needed to set themselves 
apart from their peers. 

Centaur’s strategy is to focus on our higher 
quality revenue streams, investing in the 
brands that are the cornerstone of our 
business and foundation for future growth.

This will see the Group develop its 
proposition as a customer-centric 
intelligence business, with the mission 
of building on our heritage of informing 
and connecting our customers. We will do 
this by providing the skills and business 
intelligence to enable them to create great 
organisations in changing and challenging 
environments. In doing so, we will provide 
tech-enabled, intelligence and learning 
solutions to senior leaders of blue-chip 
companies and law firms to generate high 
value profitable revenue.

The Lawyer 
The Lawyer is the most trusted brand for 
the UK legal profession and a leading 
provider of information to the global legal 
market delivered via a scalable digital 
platform. The Lawyer has built on its 37-year 
heritage of delivering incisive commentary 
and cutting-edge analysis of the UK legal 
market, continuing to broaden its offering 
to develop a more international business 
providing market information to the world’s 
largest law firms. This privileged position 
enables it to connect law firms with the in-
house legal community in a unique way. 

Its main corporate information service, 
together with related subscriptions products 
Signal and Litigation Tracker, are used by 91% 
of the top 50 UK and top 50 US law firms 
in London. The Lawyer is also expanding 
geographically, developing data and content 
for the Top 50 European law firms.

7

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStrategy
CONTINUED

Our industry-leading brands and experts 
provide insight, analysis and proprietary 
content, attracting over 5 million digital 
contact points every month. Our approach 
capitalises on the inherent strength of 
these brands to create integrated solutions 
for our international blue-chip customers. 
We deliver transformational programmes 
for our customers by providing diagnostic 
tools, best practice guides, case studies, 
thought leadership and curated learning 
services to support the customer need. 
Xeim can position and cross-sell multi-
brand offerings for the benefit of our 
customers by understanding how the 
brands interact most effectively with each 
other.

Across Xeim, we will continue to cross-
sell our brands to the world’s top 200 
marketing spenders to generate, in 
particular, Premium Content and Training 
and Advisory revenue. 

Econsultancy 
Econsultancy guides, supports and enables 
customers to achieve excellence in digital 
marketing and eCommerce. Its focus is on 
combining learning content and thought 
leadership with practical applications and 
tools to support marketers.

Over the last year, we have carried out a 
continued programme of improvements to 
our eLearning content on the new platform, 
including updating our original digital 
learning course, adding four completely new 
eCommerce courses, a new omnichannel 
course for the Consumer Packaged Goods 

sector and the translation of all eLearning 
materials into five languages.

Looking ahead, we will provide a platform 
for more lead generation, deliver new 
events, build new opportunities for cross-
selling opportunities and improve renewal 
rates through increased usage, creation 
of new structured learning courses in 
digital marketing and eCommerce, and an 
eCommerce skills index.

MW Mini MBA
Marketing Week’s Mini MBA courses distil 
the core marketing module of a full MBA 
programme into easily digestible and 
thoroughly engaging content with two 
12-week courses in Marketing and Brand 
Management with on-demand modules 
prepared and moderated by Professor Mark 
Ritson.

Since its launch in 2016, the MW Mini MBA 
has grown to be Centaur’s largest brand 
with 30,000 alumni from across the globe 
driven by corporate multi-seat packages and 
online sales. This year we launched our third 
course, the MW Mini MBA in Management 
– a course designed to give marketers the 
essential skills to make it in the boardroom. 
This course exceeded expectations with 
400 participants for the September launch. 
We have also launched a new network that 
is open to the alumni of all MW Mini MBA 
courses.

Looking ahead, we will expand the 
number of international markets where 
the MW Mini MBA courses are made 

available to corporate customers through 
increased marketing, sales and partnership 
arrangements whilst continuing to 
development additional courses to meet the 
demand of our customers and widen the 
penetration of the market opportunity that 
exists. 

Influencer Intelligence 
Influencer Intelligence provides expertise 
and support to help customers:

•  Discover the right influencers from over 
150,000 actively monitored social media 
influencers and celebrities and attribute 
driven on-site search together with 
celebrity news and analysis;

• 

Evaluate the fit with their brand goals 
using metrics that include celebrity 
equity score and social media values 
as well as audience engagement, 
demographics and sentiment score;

•  Plan their activations using our 

rolling calendar of 4,000 events and 
awareness days; and

•  Contact their chosen brand ambassador 
with multiple contacts for all influencers 
plus 50,000 brand and media contacts.

This results in a highly renewable 
subscription product with a loyal customer 
base particularly in the fashion and retail 
sectors. We pride ourselves on having an 
expert team to compliment the platform 
and build out the news, trends, events 
and verified contacts elements of the site. 
Influencer Intelligence is about ‘in depth’ 
content on the influencers that matter. 

8

www.centaurmedia.comThe brand will continue to focus on 
improvements in the platform for customers, 
such as content discovery and accessibility. 
The brand is also planning to hone the 
team’s focus on targeting marketing leads, 
to enhance the existing renewal rates and 
generate new business.

Other Xeim brands
Our portfolio of other brands will continue 
to support Centaur’s growth and play an 
important role in creating opportunities 
for Xeim, through the cross-selling of our 
products and services, introducing us to a 
wider customer base and demonstrating 
the breadth of our business information 
products and services. 

These include:

•  Marketing Week – for over 40 years, 

the most influential source of marketing 
information in the UK. In 2024, we will 
continue to generate revenue from 
subscriptions, proprietary research, 
white papers, the annual MW Awards 
event as well as marketing solutions and 
lead generation services. We are also 
developing the platform and content to 
drive more corporate subscriptions;

•  MW Festival of Marketing – an annual 
thought leadership, learning and 
networking event that has become a 
leading and influential event dedicated 
to ambitious marketers. We plan to 
discover, learn and connect with more of 
our customers in-person at the Festival 
and related masterclass events in 
2024; and

•  Oystercatchers – as one of the 

Financial Times’ most highly regarded 
management consultancies in the 
UK, Oystercatchers has differentiated 
itself by providing best-in-class agency 
pitch and business performance 
transformation advice to its clients.

Due to lower customer demand in brands 
with non-strategic revenue and the resulting 
lack of viability of those businesses, we have 
had to make some strong strategic decisions 
this year, including the closure of Design 
Week and Really B2B. This will further 
prioritise our higher quality revenue streams 
in the rest of the Group and sharpen our 
focus on delivery to our key customers.

Mergers and acquisitions
In addition to the organic growth and new 
product developments within Centaur’s 
portfolio, consideration will also be given to 
acquisitions that could enhance Centaur’s 
existing products and services or build 
new capabilities thereby refreshing and 
extending product offerings for existing 
customers. 

Next steps
Following the successful achievement of 
MAP23, Centaur is now preparing to embark 
on the next phase of growth derived from 
continuing increases in organic revenue, 
developing revenue from new product 
development initiatives and adding 
inorganic revenue from acquisitions.  
The emphasis will be on higher quality 
revenue streams aligned to our objective 
of being a customer-centric business 
intelligence and learning organisation.  
We look forward to providing further 
information after the Group’s preliminary 
results about how we will continue to deliver 
the specialist insights for our customers that 
they need to succeed.

9

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive’s Statement 

Dear Shareholder, 
This is my fifth Annual Report as CEO of Centaur and I’m 
pleased with the platform for growth that our ambitious 
Margin Acceleration Plan 2023 (MAP23) has provided the 
Group.

The last three years have been 
characterised by macroeconomic 
turbulence, sector headwinds and 
extended impact of Covid-19. Centaur 
weathered these challenges to deliver 
significant improvements to the quality of 
its customers, products and profitability, 
aligning the business with resilient demand 
for high-quality business information and 
digital training services. 

This year, we succeeded in generating 
an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 26%, 
reflecting our focus on higher quality 
revenue streams and the operational 
leverage inherent within our business. 
This exceeded the ambitious profitability 
target for 2023 set out three years ago of 
23% and has been achieved substantially 
through profitable revenue growth.

We are determined to keep driving 
performance and growth beyond MAP23, 
strengthening our position as a leading 
customer-centric business intelligence 
and learning organisation through organic 
revenue growth including new product 
development, and inorganic revenue 
growth through acquisitions. We look 
forward to providing more detail after the 
Group’s preliminary results, setting out our 
vision to deliver the specialist insights our 
customers need to succeed. 

Financial performance
In 2023, Centaur reported revenue 
from continuing operations of £37.3m (a 
reduction of 3% from £38.4m in 2022), and 
a Group Adjusted EBITDA of £9.7m (up from 
£8.5m in 2022). It was satisfying to see that 
the Adjusted EBITDA margin for 2023 was 
26% (up from 21% in 2022) which was well 
ahead of the 23% target that we had set 
three years ago and more than double the 
margin of 12% in 2020, when we started 
our Margin Acceleration Plan. 

The Group ended the year with net cash 
of £9.5m, a reduction from £16.0m last 
year after paying out significant ordinary 

and special dividends in 2023 totalling 
£8.9m. I am pleased with the contribution 
generated from the trust and confidence 
that our customers have in all of our brands 
and that we have continued to gain positive 
momentum over the past twelve months. 

Strategic and operational steps have 
been taken to provide a scalable platform 
for further organic profitable revenue 
growth to reinforce the resilience of the 
business. These include developing our 
offer for customers, focusing on blue-chip 
multinational clients, building our pipeline 
of new business, conducting negotiations 
with suppliers at a Group level and 
implementing flexible reward structures to 
retain and recruit top talent. 

There has been a slight decrease in 
employee numbers on 2022, as increases 
in growth areas were offset by the 
closure in December of Design Week 
and ReallyB2B and reductions in other 
less strategically important areas of the 
business. We have also reduced our central 
costs from 2022, along with our related 
carbon footprint, aided by our move into a 
smaller London office at the start of 2023 
and will continue to control our cost base 
in 2024. These steps will maintain our 
operational leverage and ensure that the 
business is best positioned to withstand 
any wider macroeconomic uncertainty and 
build on the achievements of MAP23.

Dividends
The Group has proposed a final dividend 
of 1.2 pence per ordinary share to take 
our total ordinary dividends for 2023 to 
1.8 pence, now significantly above the 
1.0 pence per share that we have as a 
de minimis under our dividend policy. In 
addition to the special dividend of 3.0 
pence per share paid in February 2023, a 
further special dividend of 2.0 pence per 
share, was paid in March 2023, bringing 
the total dividends paid out to shareholders 
during 2023 to £8.9m. The total dividends 

This year’s performance 
is the culmination of our 
MAP23 strategy which 
achieved its three clear 
objectives: to implement 
a simple, efficient and 
scalable operating model, 
develop high quality, trusted 
products which are the 
leaders in their markets, 
and build the credibility of 
Centaur’s management team 
for delivering on its strategic 
and financial commitments. 
We have significantly grown 
our profitability and built a 
business with an impressive 
proportion of higher quality 
revenue, providing us with a 
scalable platform for long-
term sustainable future 
growth.”

Swag Mukerji
Chief Executive Officer

10

www.centaurmedia.comA selection of our clients

paid out to shareholders in relation to the 
whole MAP23 period of 2021 to 2023 will 
have been 8.9 pence or £12.8m.

Operational review 
Centaur comprises two business units, 
Xeim and The Lawyer. Xeim forms 78% 
of our revenue and is focused on the 
marketing sector across a wide range of 
industries. The Lawyer is focused on the 
legal sector and drives the other 22%. 
Both sectors continue to experience 
opportunities created from significant 
disruption, driven by technological 
advances and artificial intelligence, 
structural change and globalisation. This 
gives Centaur substantial competitive 

advantages to build on the achievements 
of MAP23 and grow in these sectors.

To enable the delivery of MAP23 and 
improve the quality of revenue streams, 
Centaur had prioritised investment and 
resource allocation to the brands that have 
been identified as key drivers of growth 
across the two business units. The Lawyer 
is one of these key brands, while the other 
three form part of the Xeim portfolio (MW 
Mini MBA, Econsultancy and Influencer 
Intelligence). 

Over the course of MAP23, we made 
significant progress in developing 
these key brands and the rest of our 
brand portfolio. Our aim has been to 

position each of these for further growth, 
developing cross-selling opportunities 
and enhancing their shared capabilities, 
to enable our customers to deliver better 
business outcomes through building 
competitive advantage in their markets. 

The MW Mini MBA successfully launched 
its third course in September, the MW Mini 
MBA in Management, which exceeded 
expectations with 400 participants. The 
brand delivered an 8% increase in revenue, 
although we saw lower volumes on the two 
main courses, driven by a 23% increase 
in yield from discount management, price 
rises at the start of the year and the launch 
of the third course, which contributed 
above management expectations. We 
also launched a new network, open to 
the alumni of all MW Mini MBA courses, 
creating an online community to facilitate 
peer-to-peer connections and opportunities 
for development. Strengthening the 
capabilities of the brand was a key focus 
in the year with the recruitment of a new 
Managing Director, Tim Plyming, who has 
joined from the Open University.

Econsultancy continued to show its 
resilience with several large blue-chip 
multinational contract wins, including Sky, 
John Lewis Partnership and Jaguar Land 
Rover. However, Training and Advisory 
revenue declined – we saw good new 
customer wins and grew our digital and 
learning subscription services but suffered 
overall slower growth due to customer-
driven contractual and delivery delays.  
A continued programme of improvements 
saw the brand develop its eLearning 
content on the new platform, including four 
completely new eCommerce courses,  

11

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive’s Statement  
CONTINUED

a new Omnichannel course for the 
Consumer Packaged Goods sector and 
translation of all eLearning materials into 
five languages. This programme extension 
built on the developments in 2022 that 
enabled the business to combine its 
consultancy and online subscription 
learning, enhancing the offer to customers. 

Influencer Intelligence recorded a 
small decrease in renewal rates to 84%. 
Although down from 90% levels in 2022, 
we were reassured by the momentum 
built through the year, reaching 87% in H2. 
Informed by recent insights to the needs 
of customers, the brand has developed a 
new product proposition of Discover (the 
right influencers for you), Evaluate (how 
they fit with your brand goals), Plan (your 
activations) and Contact (chosen brand 
ambassadors). 

The Lawyer had another year of strong 
performance with Premium Content 
revenue growing by 9% due to corporate 
subscription renewal rates of 108% 
supported by Signal and Litigation Tracker, 
its data-driven paid-for products. However, 
Events revenue of £1.8m was down 11% 
year-on-year due to shortfalls in sponsorship 

across several events dampening the 
overall revenue growth to 1%. 

In November, we launched Horizon Live, 
an interactive forum for our senior law firm 
subscribers to get deeper insights from 
our content and data in a live environment 
and saw strong uptake. We added 85 new 
corporate subscription accounts in 2023, 
by developing new content for Europe, 
including our ‘Passport’ newsletter, and new 
content for law firms outside of the top 100, 
as well as upgrading single subscriptions 
to corporate accounts. Further, our podcast 
has gained good traction in 2023, enabling 
subscribers to listen to lively debates on 
the most important issues in the market.

Looking at our portfolio of other brands, the 
strategic decision to close Design Week 
and Really B2B has sharpened the overall 
focus of the Group, and the brands that 
remain add to the customer proposition 
of Xeim’s key brands. Elsewhere, we were 
pleased with Oystercatchers’ success 
advising customers with agency review 
and selection, Marketing Week’s platform 
and content development and Festival of 
Marketing’s sold-out October event at The 
Brewery in London. 

People
A key part of our strategy is ensuring 
that we have the right people in the 
right positions to deliver our intended 
growth. Over the course of 2023, Centaur 
continued to strengthen its management 
team. We made several excellent new 
hires, including Tim Plyming who joined 
as Managing Director of the Marketing 
Week Mini MBA, Agata Kreutzinger as 
Data Director and Nicola Moretti who took 
over as Chief People Officer following the 
retirement of Jacquie MacKenzie at the end 
of the year.  

Following the delivery of MAP23, and 
replacing the existing Centaur Strategy 
Group, we have set up a new Leadership 
Forum to focus on the strategy, targets 
and delivery of the next phase of Centaur’s 
growth.

12

www.centaurmedia.comLooking to 2024
MAP23 has delivered three years of higher 
quality revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA 
margin growth. The increased share of 
repeatable and higher quality revenue 
streams from a higher proportion of blue-
chip customers has further reinforced the 
resilience of the Group. 

The Lawyer will accelerate its penetration 
of UK and European law firms with 
new content, a new digital platform for 
subscribers, the launch of a subscription 
intelligence service powered by proprietary 
data and the expansion of face-to-face 
forums with Horizon Live. This will enable 
The Lawyer to deliver industry leading 
sector intelligence in the UK market, as 
well as the significantly larger opportunities 
internationally.

At Xeim, developing paid content and 
information via corporate packages, 
subscriptions and partnerships will remain 

a strategic priority, alongside our industry 
leading events. Xeim’s brands will enhance 
their focus on addressing the market 
demand in the UK creating solutions for 
the top 200 marketing spend companies 
and identifying opportunities to provide 
solutions to blue-chip multinational 
customers.

Alongside these strategic priorities, we will 
continue to extract value from back-office 
synergies for Xeim and The Lawyer, across 
technology, facilities and shared services. 

Summary 
I wanted to conclude by reflecting on the 
progress MAP23 has delivered over the 
past three years and reiterate my thanks to 
everyone at Centaur for their hard work and 
determination in delivering this strategy so 
successfully. Profitably growing revenue 
whilst doubling the margins of a Group 
this size is a considerable achievement 
and has taken a tremendous team effort – 

particularly when set against the upheaval 
that has been experienced through 
Covid-19 and other macroeconomic 
uncertainty. 

As we look to 2024, Centaur remains 
entirely focused on growth. We want 
to provide the most advanced and 
competitive offering in the marketplace – to 
do that we will continue to build the quality 
of our expertise, focus on our strategically 
important revenue streams and adapt to 
deliver productively and profitably what our 
customers need and want. 

SWAG MUKERJI
Chief Executive Officer

12 March 2024

13

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTKey Performance Indicators
FINANCIAL AND NON-FINANCIAL

The Group has set out the following core financial and non-financial metrics to measure 
the Group’s performance. The KPIs are monitored by the Board and the focus on these 
measures support the successful implementation of the MAP23 strategy. These indicators 
are discussed in more detail in the CEO and financial reviews.

Financial

Underlying revenue growth/(decline)1

Adjusted EBITDA margin1

Financial

(3)%

2023

2022

2023

2022

8%

26%

21%

The growth/(decline) in revenue from continuing operations 
adjusted, if applicable, to exclude the impact of event timing 
differences and the revenue contribution arising from acquired or 
disposed businesses.

See Chief Executive Officer’s Statement and the Financial Review 
for explanation of this year’s decline.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue where Adjusted 
EBITDA is defined as Adjusted operating profit before depreciation 
and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and impairment 
of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business 
combination. 

The continued improvement in margin reflects the increase in 
higher quality revenue streams together with the impact of the 
Group’s operational leverage.

Adjusted diluted EPS1

Cash conversion1

2023

2022

4.2 pence

2023

2022

2.6 pence

80%

99%

Diluted earnings per share calculated using the Adjusted earnings, 
as set out in note 9 to the financial statements.

The percentage by which Adjusted operating cash flow covers 
Adjusted EBITDA as set out in the financial performance review.

The 62% increase in EPS reflects the increase in post-tax 
profitability.

The cash conversion in 2023 was impacted by adverse movements 
in working capital compared to the level achieved in 2022. 

1  See definitions in Financial Review on page 22.

14

www.centaurmedia.comNon-financial

Attendance at Festival of Marketing

Non-financial

Delegates on MW Mini MBA course

2023

2022

8%

998

920

2023

2022

5,709

6,409

Number of unique delegates attending the Festival of Marketing 
event in October.

This year’s event reached the capacity of the venue. The number 
of paid delegates increased compared to 2022. 

Number of delegates on MW Mini MBA courses.

There was a decrease in the number of delegates on the two main 
courses but 2023 also includes delegates on the new Management 
course launched in September. Yield per delegate was however 
significantly higher in 2023. 

Xeim customers >£50k

Top 250 law firm customers

2023

2022

71 (£10.1m)

81 (£11.6m)

2023

2022

149 (£3.4m)

144 (£3.2m)

Number and value of Xeim customers with sales greater than 
£50,000.

Number and value of revenue from top 200 UK law firms and top 
50 US law firms.

The focus on higher value accounts continued in 2023, although 
reduced revenue from advisory contracts relates to the decrease 
in the number of higher paying customers. The average value of 
these accounts was maintained year on year.

The focus on higher value accounts continued in 2023 with a 24% 
increase in the average value of these accounts.

15

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance 
FINANCIAL REVIEW

Proactive and 
meticulous 
monitoring of our 
trading and related 
key metrics during 
the year has enabled 
us to exceed our 
MAP23 Adjusted 
EBITDA margin 
ambition.”

Simon Longfield
Chief Financial Officer

16

Overview
2023 marks the final year of our three-year MAP23 
strategy, which focused on revenue and profit growth and 
the achievement of an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 23% in 
2023. I am pleased to report that this margin objective was 
exceeded in 2023, where a 26% Adjusted EBITDA margin 
has been achieved, more than double the margin of 12% in 
2020 which was the base year for the strategy.

During the three-year strategy period, the 
Group has faced challenges posed by the 
pandemic and wide-ranging economic 
uncertainties. However, through these 
challenging times, Centaur has grown 
continuing revenue by 27% since 2020 and 
the proportion of higher quality revenue 
from Premium Content and Training and 
Advisory has now increased to 80%, 
compared to 67% at the start of MAP23. The 
aim of reaching £45m of revenue during 
MAP23 was not realised due to the closure 
of two businesses and the drag on growth 
from non-strategic Recruitment Advertising 
and Marketing Solutions revenue.

During 2023 Centaur has increased its 
higher quality revenue from Premium 
Content and Training and Advisory by 3%. 
However, macroeconomic headwinds 
impacted the Group’s non-strategic revenue, 
resulting in a decrease in revenue from 
continuing operations of 3% from 2022. 

A combination of careful cost management 
and the proportionally greater contribution 
from higher quality revenue has contributed 
to a decrease of 11% in the Group’s 
operating expenses, resulting in Adjusted 
EBITDA of £9.7m at a 26% margin, up from 
£8.1m and 21% in 2022. 

During 2023 the difficult decision was made 
to close our Really B2B and Design Week 
businesses, which struggled to maintain their 
revenue and profitability in an economic 
downturn. The results of these businesses 
have been presented in discontinued 
operations. The Financial Review in this 
Annual Report focuses on continuing 
operations, unless otherwise specified.

Performance
Group
Statutory revenue fell by £1.1m to £37.3m in 
2023, a decrease of 3%. Xeim decreased 
4% whereas The Lawyer increased 1%. 
Revenue generated from outside the UK 
remained steady at 38% (2022: 38%) with 
an increase of 25% in revenue from the 
Rest of the World offset by decreases in all 
other regions.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by 19% from 
£8.1m to £9.7m at a margin of 26% (2022: 
21%). This improved margin was on slightly 
decreased revenue, demonstrating the 
contribution provided by our higher quality 
revenue streams, resolute cost control and 
improved efficiencies within the Group.

The Group posted an increase of 54% 
in adjusted operating profit to £7.6m 
(2022: £4.9m) as a result of the increase 
in adjusted EBITDA in addition to a lower 
IFRS 16 depreciation expense since the 
move to a smaller office in 2023. The 
Group achieved an adjusted profit after 
taxation of £6.4m (2022: £3.7m) resulting in 
an impressive 62% increase in fully diluted 
adjusted earnings per share to 4.2 pence 
per share.

Despite an increase in EBITDA, a focus 
on cash management and healthy cash 
collections from customers, during 2023 
net cash1 balances decreased from £16.0m 
to £9.5m, most significantly due to ordinary 
and special dividend payments of £8.9m as 
well as payment of exceptional costs and 
lower working capital balances.

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and 

short-term deposits.

www.centaurmedia.comXeim
Xeim’s revenue for 2023 was £28.9m, 
a decrease of 4% from £30.1m in 2022. 
Premium Content in 2023 remained flat 
with modest growth in Econsultancy and 
Marketing Week offset by slight declines 
in other brands in a tough environment for 
both renewals and new business. 

Revenue from Training and Advisory 
showed modest year-on-year growth 
of 3% as a result of a robust trading 
performance by Oystercatchers and from 
a continued increase in MW Mini MBA 
revenue. Conversely, delays by customers 
for both engagement and delivery caused 
a significant year-on-year shortfall for 
Econsultancy. 

The planned return to one single physical 
Festival of Marketing Event in October, 
after multiple virtual and hybrid events in 
prior years, caused an expected decline 
in Events revenue of 18% year-on-year, 
although as a result of this focus, the 
October event achieved a 37% increase in 
revenue.

Recruitment Advertising of £0.1m was 
weak throughout the year and fell 59% 
from 2022. This has been a long-term 
non-strategic revenue stream for Xeim 
and a decision has been made to exit this 
revenue stream going forward. 

Marketing Solutions saw a year-on-year 
decline of 33% with low spend from 
customers facing an increasingly tough 
market environment.

Xeim posted an Adjusted EBITDA of £9.0m 
for the year, an increase of 10% from £8.1m 
in 2022. This was driven by improving 
revenue margins and a 10% decrease in 
operating costs.

Econsultancy’s momentum in 2022 met 
headwinds in 2023 particularly in Training 
and Advisory after delays on the customer 
side, leading to a 14% revenue decline year-
on-year. We expect to gain the revenue 
benefit of these delays in 2024 as we 
continue to deliver valuable consultancy 
to our blue-chip international customers. 
In Premium Content we continue to invest 
in Econsultancy’s blended multi-touch 
learning strategy to aid the recovery of 
subscription renewal rates which stand at 
72% (2022: 82%) and new business.

Influencer Intelligence benefitted in 2022 
from the recovery of the retail and fashion 
industries. In 2023 this improvement 
plateaued with a small decrease in renewal 
rates to 84% (2022: 90%), partially upheld 
by maintaining the performance of new 
business in line with 2022. The resulting 
revenue saw a decline of 5% year-on-year.

The MW Mini MBA continued to grow 
with revenue up 8% driven by a 23% yield 
increase, but total delegate numbers 
declining by 12%. MW Mini MBA retains 
excellent Net Promoter Scores of over 
+65 on all four of the Marketing and Brand 
course cohorts in 2023 and strong loyalty 
from recurring corporate customers. A 
third MW Mini MBA in Management course 
was launched in 2023, with its first cohort 
in September seeing 400 delegates 
and revenue performing well above 
expectations.

Of our other Xeim brands, revenue 
declined by 6% year-on-year, with slightly 
lower renewal rates for Fashion Monitor 
and a decline in Marketing Solutions 
revenue for both Marketing Week and 
Creative Review, in addition to the planned 
reduction to one Festival of Marketing 
event. These shortfalls were partially offset 
by an extremely pleasing performance in 
Oystercatchers which grew revenue by 
almost 50% as more branded customers 
reviewed their advertising agencies.

During 2023 the difficult decision was 
made to close our Really B2B and Design 
Week businesses, which saw lower 
revenue and profitability in an economic 
downturn due to the loss of key customers. 
The results of these businesses have been 
presented in discontinued operations.

The Lawyer
Revenue for The Lawyer grew by 1%. 
Premium Content revenue showed strong 
growth of 9% primarily from TheLawyer.com 
corporate subscriptions performance with 
an impressive renewal rate of 108% (2022: 
116%) bolstered by new business more 
than doubling from 2022. This resulted in 
the book of business growing by 16% and 
customer volume by 18%. The renewal 
rate for Signal remained strong at 97% 
(2022: 102%) and despite new business 
being lower than expectations the book of 
business has grown 9% year-on-year.

The Lawyer retains a significant penetration 
of the top 100 law firms of 91% (2022: 
90%) demonstrating the value delivered 
to our customers and continues to gain 
penetration into the next tier of top 150 UK 
law firms.

The Lawyer ran a series of successful 
conferences, roundtables and awards 
during 2023, although Events revenue 
of £1.8m was down 11% year-on-year with 
shortfalls in sponsorship across a number 
of conference events. Marketing Solutions 
also had a difficult year with a 25% decline 
in revenue. Recruitment advertising stayed 
materially flat year-on-year and although 
being a non-strategic revenue stream for 
Centaur as a whole, remains valuable for 
The Lawyer as a source of connectivity with 
its audience.

This led to a rise in adjusted EBITDA from 
£3.0m in 2022 to £3.4m in 2023 at a 
margin of 41%. The underlying business is 
performing strongly with resilient renewal 
rates and continued engagement by users 
indicating how important The Lawyer is to 
leading law firms and their fee earners. 

Measurement and  
non-statutory adjustments
The statutory results of the Group are 
presented in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards 
(IFRS). The Group also uses alternative 
reporting and other non-GAAP measures as 
explained below and as defined in the table 
at the end of this section. 

Adjusting items
Adjusted results are not intended to 
replace statutory results but are prepared 
to provide a better comparison of the 
Group’s core business performance by 
removing the impact of certain items from 
the statutory results. The Directors believe 
that adjusted results and adjusted earnings 
per share are the most appropriate way 
to measure the Group’s operational 
performance because they are comparable 
to the prior year and consequently 
management review the results of the 
Group on an adjusted basis internally. 

17

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance 
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Statutory operating profit from continuing operations reconciles to adjusted operating profit and adjusted EBITDA as follows:

Statutory operating profit

Adjusting items:

Exceptional costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Share-based payments

Adjusted operating profit

Depreciation and amortisation

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Note

4

11

23

3

2023
£m

6.1

0.3

0.1

1.1

7.6

2.1

9.7

26%

Re-presented
2022
£m
3.5

0.1

0.5

0.8

4.9

3.2

8.1

21%

Adjusting items from continuing operations of £1.5m in the year (2022: £1.4m) are comprised as follows:

Adjusting item

Exceptional costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Share-based payments

Description

Exceptional costs of £0.3m relate to strategic restructuring of 
the Group as it prepares for the next phase of growth following 
MAP23. In 2022, exceptional costs of £0.1m relate to the office 
lease termination fee less the gain on remeasurement of the office 
lease.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets of £0.1m (2022: £0.5m) 
has fallen as certain assets have become fully amortised. 

Share-based payments of £1.1m increased in the year due to 
an additional year of LTIP issuance to members of the Centaur 
Strategy Group (2022: £0.8m). 

18

www.centaurmedia.comSegment profit
Segmental profit is reported to improve clarity around performance and consists of the gross contribution for the Xeim and The Lawyer 
Business Units less specific overheads and allocations of the central support teams and overheads that are directly related to each  
Business Unit. Any costs not attributable to either Xeim or The Lawyer, remain as part of Central costs.

The table below shows the statutory revenue from continuing operations, which is the same as the underlying revenue, for each  
Business Unit:

Revenue

Premium Content

Training and Advisory

Events

Marketing Solutions

Recruitment Advertising

Total statutory revenue

Revenue growth

Xeim
2023
£m

10.0

14.8

2.1

1.9

0.1

28.9

(4)%

The 
Lawyer
2023
£m

5.2

–

1.8

0.4

1.0

8.4

1%

Total
2023
£m

15.2

14.8

3.9

2.3

1.1

37.3

(3)%

Re-presented1

The 
Lawyer
2022
£m

4.7

–

2.0

0.6

1.0

8.3

Xeim
2022
£m

10.0

14.4

2.6

2.9

0.2

30.1

1  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation. 

The table below reconciles the adjusted operating profit/(loss) for each segment to the adjusted EBITDA:

Revenue

Adjusted net operating expenses

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Adjusted operating margin

Depreciation and amortisation 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Xeim
2023
£m

28.9

(21.4)

7.5

26%

1.5

9.0

31%

The Lawyer
2023
£m

Central
2023
£m

8.4

(5.4)

3.0

36%

0.4

3.4

40%

–

(2.9)

(2.9)

0.2

(2.7)

Total
2023
£m

37.3

(29.7)

7.6

20%

2.1

9.7

26%

Re-presented1

Xeim
2022
£m
30.1

(24.3)

5.8

19%

2.3

8.1

27%

The Lawyer
2022
£m
8.3

(5.9)

2.4

29%

0.6

3.0

36%

Central
2022
£m
–

(3.3)

(3.3)

0.3

(3.0)

Total
2022
£m

14.7

14.4

4.6

3.5

1.2

38.4

Total
2022
£m
38.4

(33.5)

4.9

13%

3.2

8.1

21%

1  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation. 

Net finance costs
Net finance costs were £nil (2022: £0.1m). The Group held positive cash balances throughout the year and therefore, in both 2023 and 
2022, finance costs mainly relate to the commitment fee payable for the revolving credit facility and interest on lease payments for right-
of-use assets. In 2023 this was offset by interest income of £0.3m (2022: £0.1m) on cash and short-term deposits.

Taxation
A tax charge of £0.8m (2022 re-presented: £0.9m) has been recognised on continuing operations for the year. The adjusted tax charge 
was £1.2m (2022 re-presented: £1.2m). The Company’s profits were taxed in the UK at a blended rate of 23.5% (2022: 19.0%), but the 
resulting adjusted tax charge is at an effective tax rate of 16% due mainly to a tax credit in respect of prior years of £0.4m on tax losses for 
which the deferred tax asset has now been recognised at a rate of 25%, being the future rate of tax in the UK from April 2023. See note 7 
for a reconciliation between the statutory reported tax charge and the adjusted tax charge. 

19

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance 
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Discontinued operations
In 2023, discontinued operations relate to the closure of Really B2B and Design Week due to the economic downturn and loss of key 
customers. The 2022 comparatives include the re-presentation of Really B2B and Design Week into discontinued operations within the 
reported statutory results for the Group. See note 8 for further details.

Revenue

Adjusted net operating expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting items

Operating (loss)/profit

Net finance costs

(Loss)/profit before tax

Taxation

(Loss)/profit after tax

Discontinued
2023
£m

2.0

(2.0)

–

(0.5)

(0.5)

– 

(0.5)

–

(0.5)

Discontinued
2022
£m
3.2

Continuing
2022
£m
38.4

As reported
2022
£m
41.6

(2.8)

(33.5)

(36.3)

0.4

(0.1)

0.3

–

0.3

(0.1)

0.2

4.9

(1.3)

3.6

(0.1)

3.5

(0.9)

2.6

5.3

(1.4)

3.9

(0.1)

3.8

(1.0)

2.8

Earnings per share
The Group has delivered adjusted diluted earnings per share for the year of 4.2 pence (2022: 2.6 pence). Diluted earnings per share 
for the year were 3.2 pence (2022: 1.8 pence). Full details of the earnings per share calculations can be found in note 9 to the financial 
statements.

Dividends
Under the Group’s dividend policy, Centaur targets a pay-out ratio of 40% of adjusted retained earnings, subject to a minimum dividend of 
1.0 pence per share per annum.

Therefore, the Group has proposed a final dividend of 1.2 pence per ordinary share in respect of 2023. This brings the total ordinary 
dividends relating to 2023 to 1.8 pence (2022: 1.1 pence) per ordinary share, the second year in a row that we will have paid above the  
1.0 pence per share minimum due to the increasing profitability of the Group.

The final ordinary dividend is subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting and, if approved, will be paid on  
24 May 2024 to all ordinary shareholders on the register at the close of business on 10 May 2024.

Cash flow

Adjusted operating profit

Depreciation and amortisation

Movement in working capital

Adjusted operating cash flow

Capital expenditure

Cash impact of adjusting items

Taxation

Repayment of lease obligations and net interest paid

Free cash flow

Purchase of own shares and payments on share options exercised

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders

(Decrease)/increase in net cash1

Opening net cash1

Closing net cash1

Cash conversion1

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.

20

2023
£m

7.6

2.1

(1.9)

7.8

(2.1)

(0.5)

(1.6)

(0.8)

2.8

(0.4)

(8.9)

(6.5)

16.0

9.5

80%

2022
£m
5.3

3.2

(0.1)

8.4

(1.4)

(0.2)

–

(1.9)

4.9

(0.6)

(1.4)

2.9

13.1

16.0

99%

www.centaurmedia.comAdjusted operating cash flow is not a 
measure defined by IFRS. Centaur defines 
adjusted operating cash flow as cash flow 
from operations excluding the impact of 
adjusting items. The Directors use this 
measure to assess the performance of 
the Group as it excludes volatile items not 
related to the core trading of the Group 
and includes the Group’s management 
of capital expenditure. A reconciliation 
between cash flow from operations and 
adjusted operating cash flow is shown in 
note 1(b) to the financial statements.

The cash conversion of 80% (2022: 99%) 
has been adjusted to exclude these one-
off items. The cash conversion in 2023 
decreased from historical levels as a result 
of negative working capital movements 
for lower accrued costs, lower deferred 
revenue balances and the timing of cash 
payments, although the conversion rate 
is expected to return to normal historical 
levels going forward. Over the MAP23 
period, Centaur has generated £14.2m of 
free cash flow with a cash conversion rate 
of 109%.

Financing and bank 
covenants
On 16 March 2021 the Group signed a 
revolving credit facility with NatWest which 
allows the Group to borrow up to £10m 
and has a three-year duration with the 
option of two further one-year periods. On 
5 December 2022, management exercised 
the option to extend for the first further 
one-year period. On 19 February 2024, 
management exercised the option to extend 
for the second further one-year period until 
31 March 2026. The Group has not drawn 
down any borrowings under the facility.

Balance sheet

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred taxation

Deferred income

Other current assets and liabilities

Non-current assets and liabilities

Net assets before cash

Net cash1

Net assets

2023
£m

44.7

2.2

1.9

(8.4)

(4.0)

(0.8)

35.6

9.5

45.1

2022
£m
43.8

0.4

1.6

(8.9)

(4.1)

–

32.8

16.0

48.8

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits. 

Goodwill and other intangibles have 
increased by £0.9m as a result of 
investment in capital expenditure to 
support profitable revenue growth 
initiatives. Property, plant and equipment 
has increased by £1.8m predominantly due 
to the cessation of the previous property 
lease on 31 December 2022 meaning the 
right-of-use asset was disposed of, with the 
right-of-use asset for the new lease being 
recognised on 1 January 2023. 

Deferred income has decreased by £0.5m 
mainly as a result of slower renewals 
and new business on premium content 
subscriptions. Other current and non-
current liabilities have increased by £0.7m 
predominately due to the recognition of the 
new lease liability on 1 January 2023.

Going concern
After due consideration, as required under 
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, 
of the Group’s forecasts for at least twelve 
months from the date of this report and 
the effectiveness of risk management 
processes, the Directors have concluded 
that it is appropriate to continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in the preparation 
of the consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended 31 December 2023. 

Conclusion
Centaur has exceeded its adjusted 
EBITDA margin objective set out under 
MAP23 for 2023, despite a difficult trading 
environment for revenue growth. The 
culmination of our three-year Margin 
Acceleration Plan strategy sees Centaur 
with a solid platform for future growth, 
a very high proportion of higher quality 
revenue, a controlled cost base, effective 
cash management and efficient processes. 

As detailed under the Risk Management 
section, the Directors have assessed the 
viability of the Group over a three-year 
and nine-month period to December 
2027 and the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over that period.

The next stage of Centaur’s journey to 
become a customer-centric business 
intelligence and learning organisation 
is about to get under way and we look 
forward to providing more detail on this 
following the preliminary results.

SIMON LONGFIELD
Chief Financial Officer

12 March 2024

21

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance 
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Measure

Definition

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and 
impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business combination.

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Adjusted EPS

Adjusting items

EPS calculated using adjusted profit for the period.

Items as set out in the statement of consolidated income and notes 1(b) and 4 of the financial 
statements including exceptional items, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, profit/(loss) on 
disposal of assets, share-based payment expense, volatile items predominantly relating to investment 
activities and other separately reported items.

Adjusted net operating expenses

Net operating expenses excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted operating profit

Operating profit excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted profit before tax

Profit before tax excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted retained earnings

Profit for the year excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted tax charge

Tax charge excluding the tax charge on adjusted items.

Cash conversion

Adjusted operating cash flow (excluding any one-off significant cash flows) / adjusted EBITDA.

Exceptional items

Free cash flow

Net cash

Segment profit

Underlying revenue

Items where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-recurring in 
nature as shown in note 4.

Increase/decrease in cash for the year before the impact of debt, acquisitions, disposals, dividends 
and share repurchases.

The total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.

Adjusted operating profit of a segment after allocation of centrally managed overheads that are 
directly related to each segment or business unit.

Statutory revenue adjusted to exclude the impact of revenue arising from acquired businesses, 
disposed businesses that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations per IFRS 5, and 
closed business lines (‘excluded revenue’).

22

www.centaurmedia.comSection 172 Statement

Centaur’s success is built on the strength of our stakeholder relationships. The Board prioritises frequent and open engagement with all 
our stakeholders and their views, values and suggestions are at the heart of our decision-making process. In 2023, these interactions 
were a key input to our strategic choices in the context of the tougher trading conditions and in the difficult decision to close two of our 
brands. Taking into consideration the factors set out in Section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006, the table below outlines who our 
key stakeholders are and how we interact with them when making key decisions for the long-term benefit of the Group. This should be 
read in conjunction with our ESG report on pages 27 to 37.

Stakeholder Group

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this Group?

Investors

Customers

Formal documented investor 
roadshow meetings, post results 
presentations and market updates, 
as well as other ad hoc investor 
meetings. 

Paid-for research, including video 
interviews, available to all investors 
via our website and distributed via 
press releases and email.

Annual General Meeting.

Consultation prior, during and 
post strategic decision making or 
execution.

Every day we interact with a wide 
variety of existing and potential 
customers through marketing and 
sales processes, through delivery 
of services and from face-to-face 
interaction at events. This is with 
a view to understanding customer 
requirements and feedback, to 
manage their expectations and 
to generate long term profitable 
revenue.

Our investors are integral to 
monitoring and safeguarding the 
governance of the Group and 
increasing shareholder value is one 
of our major focus areas.

We work to ensure that our 
investors and their representatives 
have a good understanding of, 
and are supportive of, our strategy, 
business model, opportunity, culture 
and approach to ESG.

Strategy and business model.

Long term share value growth and a 
sustainable dividend policy.

Financial stability and clear 
communication.

An engaged and proactive Board 
who take investors’ views into 
account in decision making.

ESG performance.

Our purpose is to enable ambitious 
leaders to see around corners 
and deliver change. To ensure our 
customers are satisfied with our 
offering and that we increase our 
higher quality revenue, it is vital that 
we obtain feedback to understand 
their requirements and adapt our 
offering to their needs. 

The customer experience and overall 
customer satisfaction. 

A provider that listens and adapts 
products to their needs.

Innovative products which deliver 
enhanced value.

23

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTSection 172 Statement
CONTINUED

Stakeholder Group

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this Group?

Our diverse workforce of 245 
employees (at 31 December 2023) 
is our most important asset and our 
success depends on their commitment 
and job fulfilment. It is vital to ensure 
that we take their needs into account 
in our strategic decision making. 

To ensure that communication is 
clear and broadcast throughout 
the Company, so all employees 
understand the purpose and 
objectives of Centaur.

The Company is working hard to drive 
its status as a destination employer 
by creating the right environment 
and culture and focusing on the right 
benefits and processes. 

Opportunities for career development 
and progression.

Agile working patterns.

A hybrid working model with 
employees typically attending the 
office two days per week is now 
embedded. Brand days are in place 
to maximise the impact of days in the 
office.

The move to the new smaller office 
footprint at the beginning of 2023 
has been a success creating a more 
collaborative and energised working 
environment.

An understanding management team 
who listens to employees and are 
considerate of their views and values.

Opportunity to share ideas and make a 
difference.

Diversity and inclusion. 

Centaur’s ESG commitments. 

DICE (Diversity, Inclusion, Culture and 
Engagement) panel was established 
in 2019 so that all employees have a 
voice and their views are considered. 
More detail of the work undertaken 
by DICE is provided in the ESG report.

Monthly Executive Committee 
meetings and regular senior 
leadership and team meetings held 
virtually and in-person.

Xeim’s brands and The Lawyer hold 
Town Halls to which all Centaur 
employees are welcome. Hybrid 
company-wide Town Hall sessions 
every two months to update 
employees on business and people 
issues, celebrate success through the 
Heroes initiative and an open Q&A 
session.

Six Kaizen working groups have 
delivered improvements to key 
processes to enhance the colleague 
experience. 

A weekly online sense check 
questionnaire ‘Engage’ measures 
employees’ motivation and levels of 
engagement providing line managers 
with quarterly Engage scores to 
facilitate action plans to support team 
members.

An annual employment survey is sent 
out by DICE and actions to address 
issues are agreed.

Annual appraisals and increased 
focus on ensuring that all employees 
had objectives set at the beginning 
of 2023.

We held a successful Wellness 
Fortnight with a range of sessions 
focusing on combatting the loneliness 
epidemic, making smart food choices, 
healthy digital habits, pensions and 
finances, and the importance of 
health screening. This culminated in a 
company-wide wellbeing day.

Employees

24

www.centaurmedia.comStakeholder Group

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this Group?

Strategic suppliers

The Company has meetings with 
suppliers as appropriate, together 
with negotiations on the terms and 
conditions of supply.

Community

Government and 
regulators

The Company supports local 
communities and charitable 
organisations through direct 
fundraising and donations. During 
2023, the Company supported 
Shooting Star Children’s Hospices 
and Crisis as its nominated charities. 

Additional fundraising took place 
for Turkey Mozaik Foundation, in 
support of the people of Turkey 
and Syria following the catastrophic 
earthquake in February 2023, and 
Macmillan Cancer Support following 
the loss of our dear friend and 
colleague Suki Thompson. A total of 
£16,275 was raised (2022: £5,000) 
of which the Company contributed 
£9,150 (2022: £2,550).

The Board’s intention is to behave 
responsibly and comply with all 
applicable laws and regulations to 
ensure that the business operates 
with integrity, transparency and 
accountability, and acts with high 
standards and good governance.

Strategic suppliers underpin several 
key business operations. Strategic 
decisions consider the impact 
on these suppliers, in terms of 
capability, scale, value for money 
and risk.

To be a good corporate citizen and 
give back to the communities and 
charities that are important to our 
employees and to the Company.

To ensure that the Company can 
comply with agreed terms and 
conditions.

Centaur’s values and its high 
standards of business conduct.

Security of data and personal 
information.

Innovation and product development.

Time, resource and donations from 
corporate companies that assist the 
aims of these organisations.

In doing so, we believe we will 
achieve our long-term business 
strategy and develop our reputation 
further in our sector.

To ensure that the business operates 
in a legal and transparent manner, 
in compliance with the spirit of all 
applicable laws and regulations.

25

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTSection 172 Statement
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CASE STUDY

Stakeholder

Overview

Investors

Closure of Really B2B and Design Week in December 2023

The economic downturn and other external factors significantly impacted the financial performance of Really B2B 
in 2023 and, along with inflationary pressures on its costs, this resulted in a substantial decrease in its year-on-
year revenue and profit. As we were unable to secure longer term new business or renew certain contracts with 
key customers, it became clear in the fourth quarter of 2023 that the business had become untenable. Therefore, 
the decision was taken to close Really B2B at the end of 2023.

For many years the main revenue stream for Design Week had been recruitment advertising but given the drop 
in market demand and ongoing decline in this area, the business model was no longer viable as the cost of 
production became higher than the revenue being generated. Revenue also included display advertising and 
partnerships, which has similarly been declining in recent years. Management concluded that even with the 
provision of more dedicated resource, these areas would not bolster the operational performance enough to 
improve the overall long-term profit outlook for this brand. Therefore, the decision was taken to also close Design 
Week in December 2023.

A key driver of the Board’s decision to close the two businesses was to protect the future financial prospects  
of Centaur including the drag on EBITDA margin in 2024 from the two loss making businesses. In addition,  
the revenue generated by these businesses was not strategically important or one of the higher quality  
revenue streams.

Customers

The team carried out project planning to serve out the remainder of the Really B2B client contracts and handover 
any current projects having provided customers with the appropriate notice of the business’ closure.

Employees

Having announced the closure of the brand on its website, Design Week did a showcase of some of its work and 
highlights from the last 38 years for its customers.

As there were more than 20 roles impacted by the closure of Really B2B, we elected employee representatives 
and engaged in collective consultation. Individual consultations also took place and the outcome meetings were 
held in early December. Redeployment opportunities in other parts of the Group were explored, with one senior 
member of the team successfully securing a vacant permanent role and another member being placed in a 
maternity cover role. 

The closure of Design Week impacted 2 permanent roles, which were made redundant and again other vacant 
roles in the Group were explored. 

Support was provided for CV writing, job searching and interview techniques for all employees that were made 
redundant.

Strategic suppliers

The team ensured that all suppliers were kept informed, given the appropriate notice and paid in full for goods 
and services provided.

Communities

We understand that many of the employees made redundant in the two businesses have obtained other 
employment and that communities will not have been significantly impacted, especially in the Portsmouth area 
where most Really B2B employees were based.

Government and 
regulators

The closures were executed in compliance with all government and legal regulation, including appropriate 
deductions for taxation in relation to redundancy payments.

26

www.centaurmedia.comEnvironmental, Social and Governance

Environmental
Climate
Centaur recognises the need for continued 
focus on reducing its environmental 
impact and developing a more sustainable 
business, as well as the importance of 
transparency in the reporting of its climate-
related risks and opportunities to its key 
stakeholders, including shareholders, 
customers and employees. As a provider 
of business-to-business (B2B) information, 
online training and specialist consultancy, 
with services which are predominantly 
digital in nature and people-orientated, 
Centaur’s exposure to climate-related risk 
is less than that of businesses operating in 
many other sectors. However, as our climate 
materiality assessment demonstrates, this 
does not mean that the business is immune 
from the effects of climate change, including 
the environmental impact on activities such 
as in-person events. 

In recognition of this, during 2023, Centaur 
has continued to improve the quality of its 
compliance with the recommendations of the 
TCFD across the four pillars of Governance, 
Strategy, Risk management and Metrics and 
Targets, as detailed more fully below.

Centaur’s response to the 
recommendations of the Task 
Force on Climate-related 
Disclosures (‘TCFD’) 

In 2023, Centaur has complied with the 
requirements of LR 9.8.6R by making 
climate-related financial disclosures 
consistent with all TCFD recommendations 
except for the financial component of the 
second recommended disclosure of Strategy 
and the third recommended disclosure of 
Metrics and Targets. Centaur is committed 
to working towards improving its disclosure 
in line with UK regulatory requirements. 
Centaur is aware of the proposed upcoming 
regulatory changes (with the Task Force 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
having been disbanded in October 2023) 
and will be considering the ISSB Standards 
(as defined below) and its reporting 
requirements while the UK government 
works towards the development of the UK 
Sustainability Disclosure Standards, before 
making a decision on how to approach 
disclosures for 2024.

Governance

Centaur’s Climate Governance Structure

Continually adapting to the risks

I

n
f
o
r
m
n
g

i

The Board

Audit Committee

Executive Committee

Climate Steering Committee 
(Legal, Finance, Company Secretary, 
Event Operations, Data, DICE)

g
n
i
t
r
o
p
e
R

•  Describe the Board’s oversight 
of climate-related risks and 
opportunities

The Board, together with the Executive 
Committee, has overall responsibility and 
accountability for climate related risks 
and opportunities impacting the Group. 
Through the Audit Committee and the Risk 
Management approach (see page 49), the 
Board has oversight of the climate-related 
risks to the business and is responsible 
for the mitigations in place for managing 
these. The Board also has oversight of 
Centaur’s Environmental and CSR Policy 
and, through its Non-Executive Director 
sponsor, Carol Hosey, the environmental 
initiatives organised by Centaur’s employee 
engagement committee, DICE.

Centaur benefits from the climate-related 
knowledge and experience of its Directors, 
particularly through their directorships of 
other listed companies which have TCFD 
obligations, supported by Exco and other 
senior managers. 

In 2023, the Board achieved its 2022 goal 
of considering climate-related matters at 
least once annually, either as a standalone 
agenda item or under the umbrella of 
ESG, and attending at least one climate-
related webinar to further build upon its 
knowledge of climate-related issues. The 
Board also considered climate with regards 
to Centaur’s strategic plans and budgets as 
well as the suitability of Centaur’s climate 
key performance indicators. 

In 2023, Centaur also assessed several 
different options for delivery of some 
focused climate-related risk training to the 
Board and it commits to delivering such 
training during 2024.

The Board recognises the need for Centaur 
to develop a net zero target, an action 
which Centaur’s management started to 
investigate during 2023 and intends to 
explore further during 2024 having more 
accurately assessed the impact of its 
operations on the climate. 

•  Describe management’s role in 

assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities

Centaur has a clear governance structure for 
the assessment and management of climate-
related risks, as shown in the organogram 
above. To ensure that this governance 
structure remains fit for purpose, Centaur 
commits to reviewing it at least once 
annually, as it did during 2023, and adapting 
it accordingly where necessary.

The Board has delegated the day-to-day 
operational management of climate-related 
risks and opportunities to the Executive 
Committee, although we expect all 
employees in senior management positions 
to take responsibility for managing climate-
related risks and opportunities, including 
escalating any material risks to the 
Executive Committee where necessary.

27

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Centaur has a dedicated Climate 
Steering Committee which reports to the 
Executive Committee. The Committee 
is chaired by the Head of Legal and has 
representation and input from key internal 
functions, as detailed in the organogram 
above, as well as members of Centaur’s 
employee engagement committee, DICE. 
To strengthen its reporting line to the 
Executive Committee, the Committee now 
also includes an Executive Committee 
member, the Chief Technology Officer. 

The Committee’s primary purpose is 
to oversee sustainability initiatives and 
make recommendations to the Executive 
Committee regarding Centaur’s climate 
strategy. It acts as a forum for sharing 
climate-related learning and ensuring 
effective communication between 
colleagues with regard to Centaur’s 
climate strategy. In 2023, the Committee 
met twice formally and members met at 
least quarterly on a more informal basis 
with regard to key areas of focus. These 
included a cross-company approach to 
more sustainable events practices and how 
best to upskill our employees in relation to 
climate and sustainability. The Committee 
formally reported to the Board on its 
activities in September 2023.

In 2022, Centaur undertook a detailed 
climate materiality assessment involving 
input and insights from the Executive 
Committee in order to further understand 
the risks and opportunities that climate 
change poses for the business, as 
described more fully below. In 2023, 
Centaur revisited this climate materiality 

assessment to assess its continued 
appropriateness and concluded that it 
remained appropriate and relevant in all 
material respects.

Further, as part of the Group’s measures 
to strengthen the identification and 
assessment of such risks and opportunities, 
climate change considerations have now 
been embedded into Centaur’s business-
as-usual processes. This includes, but is 
not limited to, the assessment of weather-
related events that may impact our 
employees, clients and event attendees 
and their ability in particular to attend 
Centaur’s office, in-person events, face-
to-face training and award ceremonies, to 
ensure related risks are considered and 
mitigation measures are understood and 
implemented where appropriate.

Strategy
•  Describe the climate-related 
risks and opportunities the 
organisation has identified over 
the short (S), medium (M) and 
long term (L)

•  Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities 
on the organisation’s businesses, 
strategy and financial planning

In 2022, supported by sustainability 
consultancy Anthesis Group, Centaur 
undertook a climate materiality assessment 
which involved a climate screening 
exercise and workshop with members 
of management and key stakeholders 
to identify and assess which physical 
and transitional risks arising from climate 

change could impact Centaur’s business. 
The exercise considered the nature of 
such impacts and the likelihood of these 
risks arising across three time horizons: 
short (2030), medium (2040) and long 
term (2050). Risks and opportunities were 
ranked from low to high priority and a 
scenario analysis of the top six risks (being 
three physical risks and three transitional 
risks), as set out in the table below, was 
undertaken to better understand and 
validate Centaur’s resilience across 
differing future time horizons and 
hypothetical world temperature scenarios.

In 2023, Centaur explored climate-related 
opportunities which allowed the Group 
to support the transition to a net zero 
economy including, for example:

•  Centaur continued to focus on its 

digital strategy, in recognition of the 
role that digital technologies can play in 
helping to mitigate climate change;

•  Centaur reflected upon its approach 

to major in-person events and awards 
ceremonies with a view to developing 
a sustainable events policy that aims 
to ensure that such events align 
with Centaur’s key sustainability 
considerations; and

•  Centaur conducted research on how 
to use Centaur’s events and content 
as platforms to raise awareness of and 
promote the importance of reducing 
carbon emissions and the impact of 
climate change. This resulted in the 
development of a new climate-related 
content metric, described below. 

28

www.centaurmedia.comRisk type and 
timeframe

Transitional risks

Reputation
Timeframe: S, M, L

Policy, law and 
regulation
Timeframe: S, M, L

Technology 
Timeframe: S, M

Physical risks

Flooding 
Timeframe: M, L

Extreme heat 
Timeframe: S, M, L

Storms 
Timeframe: S, M, L

Description of climate-related risks and opportunities, together with Centaur’s mitigations of and resilience to any such risks

Climate change has been identified as a potential source of reputational risk tied to customer or stakeholder 
perceptions of Centaur’s contribution to or detraction from the transition to a lower carbon economy. Centaur faces 
potential reputational damage from not ‘walking the talk’ in supporting the net zero agenda. Misalignment to the 
global climate action agenda, not keeping up with stakeholder expectations and having unambitious commitments 
within this area could harm the Group’s reputation and therefore result in reduced demand from customers, 
investment from shareholders and availability of new recruits. Centaur’s climate governance structure and ongoing 
assessment of the suitability of this, including its Climate Steering Committee which drives overall strategic direction 
and the setting of targets and mainstreaming of climate action across the business, is expected to help to mitigate  
this risk.

As the UK has mandated into law a strategy to decarbonise all sectors of the UK economy to meet its net zero target 
by 2050, an increase in law and regulation in this area is expected, particularly for publicly listed companies as 
demonstrated by the existing TCFD requirements and the anticipated adoption of the ISSB Standards by the UK. New 
legal and regulatory requirements to improve transparency on climate-related matters will require the Group to fully 
understand what must be done to avoid the potential for sanctions by regulators. Not fully understanding or aligning 
with these requirements could result in reputational damage and/or additional costs. The climate materiality workshop 
undertaken by Centaur with Anthesis Group in 2022, the output of which was reviewed again in 2023, has supported 
the business in understanding this risk and the requirements of the TCFD and the Climate Steering Committee, 
together with Centaur’s existing measures for identifying and addressing changes in policy, law and regulation, should 
help to mitigate this risk.

Technological improvements or innovations that support the transition to a lower carbon economy will affect the 
competitiveness of certain businesses. With increasing pressures for businesses to reduce their carbon footprints, it 
is anticipated that certain sectors, including technology, will be required to change infrastructure to be less carbon 
intensive. Centaur could experience an increase in costs in its supply chain, including for elements such as cloud 
hosting, data storage and employee travel for in-person training and events due to potential future carbon taxation. 
Centaur’s Chief Technology Officer will help to mitigate this risk by keeping Centaur’s technology stack and its fitness 
for purpose in this regard under review. Opportunities do exist for the Group to align its services and solutions with 
less carbon intensive infrastructure to help address its customer’s own climate goals and the wider technological 
systemic changes expected.

Flooding is deemed to be a risk to the business, albeit one that is more related to travelling to and from locations 
(whether these be to Centaur’s office or its customers’ offices, for example) rather than materially affecting operations. 
Although flooding is anticipated to increase across the UK in future years, as Centaur does not own any buildings 
(its office is leased and data centres are owned by third parties), its exposure to physical damage to its assets is not 
material to the Group. Additionally, as a large proportion of the Group’s business is digital with back-ups available 
on cloud-based storage, should a third-party supplier be impacted by flooding, there is a low risk of data being lost. 
Furthermore, Centaur’s events represent a relatively low proportion of revenue, so if cancelled or postponed due to 
flooding, the impact on revenue would not be material.

UK heatwaves in recent years, including in 2022, heightened Centaur’s awareness of the risk of extreme 
temperatures and the potential impact on the productivity of its staff. Centaur is a UK based business and many UK 
residential buildings do not have air-conditioning systems. When working from home, Centaur employees may face 
increasing challenges in working productively during heatwaves in the future. The business is somewhat resilient to 
this as an air-conditioned office is available for use by its employees. By contrast, the impact of extreme heat on the 
wider transport infrastructure is outside Centaur’s control, however, by monitoring weather updates from the MET 
office, Centaur can ensure that sufficient mitigation measures are in place to safeguard employee health, safety  
and wellbeing. 

As global temperatures rise and precipitation increases, storms are becoming increasingly unpredictable, with higher 
winds and more intense rainfall. As a digital business, increased storms (both frequency and intensity) could result 
in power outages which impact the Group’s ability to operate efficiently. The possible impact of power outages on 
Centaur’s in-person training, consultancy and the hosting of events is also recognised as a risk to the business. This 
risk can be mitigated through the fact that Centaur operates a hybrid working policy, meaning that staff have flexible 
work locations, as well as the use of cloud-based storage (so that work is backed up in the cloud should Centaur or  
its employees face power outages) and the ability to convert face-to-face services to a digital format.

29

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Following the results of the climate 
materiality assessment, the Group 
considered actual and potential climate-
related risks and opportunities in its 
financial planning through assessing their 
impacts on the viability of the business, the 
potential impairment of value of business 
assets and the potential for contingent 
liabilities to arise.

Separately, as described more fully 
in ‘Risk Management’ below, Centaur 
has undertaken an assessment of the 
materiality of such transitional and 
physical risks, including scoring each risk 
both in terms of the likelihood of a risk’s 
occurrence and its potential impact on 
the business and considering where it 
ranks in relation to other material risks. As 
a result of these exercises, Centaur has 
concluded that, at present, the transitional 
and physical risks identified are expected 
to have an immaterial financial impact 
on Centaur’s new four-year strategy 
and its current financial planning cycle. 
Further, Centaur’s investment in new 
digital products and its operations are not 
currently expected to impact significantly 
on its business or alter its risk profile. 

Beyond Centaur’s four-year financial 
planning cycle, we have not fully assessed 
and analysed the impacts of climate-
related issues on financial planning due to 
transitional challenges including data and 
system limitations. As our understanding 
of climate risks and opportunities evolves, 
we will incorporate key impacts into our 
financial planning. Centaur will continue to 
consider the materiality and impacts of its 
climate-related risks on an annual basis, 
particularly in respect of future strategic 
and financial planning cycles to ensure that 

any increase in materiality is identified and 
appropriate action can be taken to mitigate 
against increased risk. For information 
on the potential longer-term impacts of 
the climate-related risks, please see the 
scenario analysis discussion below.

• 

The level of risk to Centaur is greatest 
under the ‘Delayed Transition’ and 
‘Current Policies’ scenarios, with the 
level of risk increasing over the medium 
and longer terms (2040 and 2050); 

•  Centaur is generally resilient to the 

•  Describe the resilience of the 
organisation’s strategy, taking 
into consideration different 
climate-related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or lower scenario

Centaur conducted its first climate-related 
scenario analysis in 2022 and revisited 
this analysis during 2023, concluding that 
it remains appropriate and relevant in all 
material respects. In line with the TCFD, 
Centaur’s scenario analysis consisted of a 
qualitative scenario analysis considering 
three climate scenarios and three time 
horizons (2030, 2040 and 2050). Climate 
scenarios used include a Paris-aligned 1.5°C 
scenario (‘Net Zero 2050’), a <2°C scenario 
(‘Delayed Transition’) and a 3°C scenario 
(‘Current Policies’). The analysis includes 
data from the Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change (IPCC) and the Network 
for Greening the Financial System (NGFS). 
The key findings from Centaur’s scenario 
analysis are below, and we intend to keep 
this under review and further refine and 
develop our climate modelling and scenario 
analysis capabilities to quantify climate risk 
in future.

•  Centaur is exposed to both physical 

and transitional risks, with transitional 
risks posing a relatively higher risk 
than physical risks, however overall the 
risks are not deemed to be financially 
material;

• 

• 

physical risks associated with climate 
change, aside from under a worst 
case ‘Current Policies’ scenario which 
would see an increase in unmitigated 
and unpredictable climate events with 
increasing frequency and severity; 

Flooding is considered to be the 
greatest risk in future scenarios 
(particularly the ‘Delayed Transition’ 
and ‘Current Policies’ scenarios), as 
this risk has the greatest percentage 
change across time horizons and could 
impact (for example) employees’ travel 
to the office or in-person events or 
meetings with clients; 

Transitional risk, and in particular policy 
and legal risk, is greatest under the 
‘Delayed Transition’ pathway due to 
the likelihood of tough but sudden 
national policies being put in place 
to reduce emissions, creating more 
rapid and disruptive changes in the 
economy; and

•  Under all scenarios, consideration of 
the climate via Centaur’s products, 
services and actions to support 
the net zero transition represents 
an opportunity for the company to 
differentiate itself from its peers by 
positioning itself as a climate conscious 
organisation and supporting a 
reduction in reputational risks.

30

www.centaurmedia.comScenario
Description

Net Zero 2050  
(or ‘Paris-aligned’)
This is an ambitious scenario which 
limits global warming to 1.5°C through 
stringent climate policies which are 
introduced immediately and innovation, 
reaching net zero CO₂ emissions 
around 2050, giving at least a 50% 
chance of limiting global warming to 
below 1.5°C by 2100, with no or little 
overshoot (<0.1°C) of 1.5°C in earlier 
years. Transitional risks are likely to be 
driven by higher emissions costs and 
changes in business and consumer 
preferences. The level of physical risk 
is anticipated to be relatively low.

Delayed Transition  
(or ‘disorderly transition’)
The scenario assumes global annual 
emissions do not decrease until 2030 
and policies are not introduced until 
2030 (or later) and in a more rapid and 
disruptive manner. Technology change 
is anticipated to be slow for the first 
decade with a rapid increase in change 
and innovation anticipated from 2030 
onwards; pushing carbon prices higher 
than in the Net Zero 2050 scenario. 
As a result, emissions may exceed 
the carbon budget temporarily in the 
2020’s and decline rapidly after 2030 
resulting in a 67% chance of limiting 
global warming to below 2°C. This 
scenario could result in both higher 
transitional and physical risks than the 
Net Zero scenario.

Current Policies  
(or ‘hot house world’)
This scenario assumes that only 
currently implemented policies are 
preserved, leading to higher physical 
risks and lower transition risks than in 
either the Net Zero 2050 or Delayed 
Transition scenarios. This means that 
policies in place at present are not 
anticipated to increase in ambition 
and the level of action taken to reduce 
emissions going forward is minimal. 
Technologies are not fully developed 
by 2050 and emissions continue to 
rise until 2080 leading to circa 3 °C of 
warming and severe climate-related 
physical risks. This scenario can help 
Centaur to better understand the long-
term physical risks to its business, the 
economy and wider society if the world 
continues on the current path to a ‘hot 
house world’.

Future World

1.5°C warming

<2°C warming

>3°C warming

Time Horizons

2030 and 2050

2030 and 2050

2030 and 2050

Analysis for 
Centaur

The greatest climate-related risks 
for Centaur under this scenario 
are transitional, particularly those 
associated with policy and law and 
regulation and, to a lesser extent, 
technological shifts. Reputation is 
also assessed as a moderately low 
transitional risk for Centaur in this 
scenario. Centaur is mostly resilient 
to the physical risks associated with 
climate change in this scenario as the 
business does not have significant 
physical assets such as warehouses, 
multiple offices, or complex supply 
chains. The risk is low (or moderately 
low) across all of the assessed physical 
risks across all time horizons due to the 
digital-based nature of the business 
and the ability to back-up work via 
cloud-storage, or flexibly work from 
home or the office in London. 

In a Delayed Transition, Centaur 
is relatively more vulnerable to 
reputational risks, ranked as highest 
overall. Technology and policy and 
legal risks both represent low risks 
to the business in 2030 but quickly 
progress to a moderately high risk by 
2050 due to the expected introduction 
of strong policies needed post-2030 to 
limit warming to below 2°C. Centaur is 
somewhat more vulnerable to physical 
risks under this scenario than the 
Net-Zero 2050 scenario, but relatively 
resilient overall, namely against 
heatwaves and storms which present 
only a moderately low risk (again due 
to the flexible nature of working from 
home, the office and being a digital-
based business). Flooding poses a 
moderate risk in 2050 due to the 
potential for flooding to damage wider 
infrastructure such as data centres and 
transport which could result in delays to 
Centaur’s operations. Further analysis 
into the locations of data centres shall 
be considered for future strategic 
decision-making.

Centaur is most vulnerable to the 
physical risks under this scenario, as 
global efforts to mitigate climate change 
are largely insufficient. This is reflective 
of changes in the climate which will 
impact all businesses, not that Centaur 
itself is more vulnerable than other 
businesses also facing similar climate 
hazards. Flooding presents a moderate 
risk, and storms and heatwaves a 
moderately low to moderate risk due to 
the changes in climate and subsequent 
impacts. Reputation is the transitional 
risk that Centaur is least resilient to 
under this scenario based on its current 
management measures, however it has 
the potential to better integrate climate 
into its products and services to reduce 
this risk. Centaur is generally resilient to 
the other transitional risks as under this 
scenario little regulatory effort would 
be made to mitigate climate change, 
resulting in low risk for both policy and 
legal and technological shifts across all 
time horizons. 

31

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Risk Management
•  Describe the organisation’s 

processes for identifying and 
assessing climate-related risks

•  Describe the organisation’s 

processes for managing climate-
related risks

•  Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing, and 
managing climate-related 
risks are integrated into the 
organisation’s overall risk 
management

Centaur’s processes for identifying, 
assessing and managing climate-related 
risk are integrated into its wider risk 
management processes, details of which 
are available at pages 49 to 53. As 
described there, the Board is ultimately 
responsible for articulating the Group’s risk 
appetite and assessing principal risks and 
any associated mitigations and controls. 
The Executive Committee, Company 
Secretary and the Head of Legal are 
responsible for identifying and assessing 
risks, including climate-related risks, and 
reporting these to the Board through 
the Audit Committee. Risks are formally 
considered and analysed at least twice 
annually by the Executive Committee and 
then the Audit Committee, as described 
below.

Climate-related risks now form part of 
Centaur’s risk register, having been 
included in it for the first time in 2022. 
The process for identifying and assessing 
the significance of Centaur’s climate-
related risks follows the same process 

employed to identify and determine the 
significance of all risks facing Centaur. The 
Executive Committee members review the 
risk register and, together, they consider 
whether any new risks relating to their 
departmental or operational areas have 
arisen which may require inclusion in the 
risk register. They then score each risk 
both in terms of the likelihood of a risk’s 
occurrence and its potential impact on the 
business, and rank the risks in order of 
materiality based on their scores. 

Mitigations for the risks, and any resilience 
to such risks identified, and responsibility 
for ongoing monitoring and management 
of each risk is assigned to a member 
of the Executive Committee. A further 
consideration of the risks is then conducted 
by the Audit Committee, who review 
and validate or adjust as necessary the 
Executive Committee’s conclusions. This 
process is repeated at least twice annually. 

Although climate-related risks are not 
currently considered to be principal risks 
for the Group, they are recognised and 
monitored as potential contributors to a 
number of principal risks, such as inability 
to create a high growth performance 
culture and attract and retain key talent, 
and inadequate regulatory compliance. In 
2023, climate-related risks were formally 
considered by the Executive Committee, 
as well as the Audit Committee, with 
reference to the Group’s strategic aims 
and its operating environment at least 
twice annually as part of the Group’s risk 
management processes. 

Centaur is not immune to the impacts 
that physical risks have on the business 
and it recognises the potential regulatory 
and reputational risks associated with 
the transition to a low-carbon economy. 
Centaur actively monitors and manages its 
climate-related risks in order to mitigate 
their impact including as follows:

• 

• 

the Group monitors weather-related 
events via reliable sources such as 
the MET Office so that it can identify 
and assess extreme weather events 
that may impact the business and, 
where necessary, communicate this 
to relevant stakeholders, such as our 
employees and/or event attendees 
(mitigation of physical risks, such as 
flooding, storms and extreme heat); and

the Group’s Legal, Company Secretarial 
and Finance functions regularly 
review the regulatory landscape to 
identify any new policy, governance 
requirements or legislation relating 
to climate-change (mitigation of 
reputation and policy and legal risks). 
In particular, Centaur is aware that 
the UK government has signalled 
its support for the adoption of the 
International Sustainability Standards 
Board’s inaugural standards concerning 
sustainability-related disclosures: IFRS 
S1 General Requirements for Disclosure 
of Sustainability-related Financial 
Information and IFRS S2 Climate-
related Disclosures (together, the ISSB 
Standards). Centaur intends to monitor 
if and when these will be formally 
adopted by the UK and will address any 
resulting impact on its future annual 
reporting obligations.

32

www.centaurmedia.comMetrics and Targets
•  Metrics used by Centaur to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk 

management processes

Centaur has focused its key metrics towards the climate-related risks that will have the most impact on the Group in the shorter-term. 
These metrics include those listed below. In 2023, we increased our availability of climate-related metrics by adopting, for the first time, 
a climate-related content metric which we intend to track in 2024. We will continue to assess the impact of climate-related risks and 
opportunities on our strategy, with the aim of improving resilience to material risks faced and capitalising on opportunities.

KPI

Description and risk mitigated

Training of 
Directors and key 
management 

In order to mitigate both reputational risk and policy, law and regulation risk, Centaur collects information on both 
the type and quantum of training undertaken by all Directors, the Executive Committee and the Climate Steering 
Committee.

Business travel

In order to monitor and control the emissions related to business travel and to understand and mitigate against 
both physical and technology risks, a record is kept of all significant business travel undertaken by employees 
and consultants that either includes air or international travel and/or hotel nights, and an estimation of the resulting 
emissions. 

Employee office 
attendance

In order to monitor and understand the emissions related to employee commuting and to mitigate against physical 
risks, a record is kept on a monthly basis of all employees commuting into our London office. Linked with home 
location information, commuting emissions data can be calculated at a detailed level as well as understanding 
Centaur’s office space requirements.

Scope 1, 2 and 3 
emissions

In order to monitor and control the emissions related to the past and future significant activities of the Group, the 
total of its Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions and the related ratios of emissions per employee and per £m of revenue are 
calculated on an annual basis. This metric will also be used to estimate and inform future decisions such as those 
related to the budget and four-year strategy and financial plan. Knowledge and understanding of current emissions 
will also be used to inform management of the climate-related impact of new revenue streams, products and 
purchased services or supplies.

Carbon offset

In order to mitigate Centaur’s reputational risk as well as support any future carbon targets, the Group will keep a 
record of the carbon offset initiatives that it undertakes and as a consequence an estimation of the emissions  
that are offset.

Climate-related 
content

In order to mitigate Centaur’s reputational risk, two of its market-leading brands, The Lawyer and Marketing Week, 
have committed to producing content which is intended to mitigate the impact of climate change by provoking debate 
and highlighting both positive and negative impacts on climate change of the audiences they serve. From 2024, 
Centaur will be collecting information on the volume of such content produced by The Lawyer and Marketing Week.

•  Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and the related risks

Centaur’s energy use and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have been assessed using Anthesis Group’s RouteZero platform that forms 
an accurate and robust GHG inventory across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, aligned with the GHG Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard (revised edition, 2015). Responsibility for emissions sources was determined using the operational control approach. All 
emissions sources required under the Companies, Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Non-Financial Reporting) Regulations 2016 are 
included. 

This estimate covers all Centaur’s operations that are consolidated in the financial statements and the office leased by Centaur to conduct 
these operations. Data has been collected including employee commuting to Centaur’s office based in London. Activity data was then 
converted to greenhouse gas estimates using the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2023. 

Centaur’s emissions from Scope 2 and 3 are set out below. Our reporting on energy use and GHG emissions is in line with the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) legislation. The Scope 2 and 3 emissions from 2021 are shown as a baseline.

33

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Global carbon footprint assessment1
Emissions from:

Scope 2 – indirect emissions (location-based)

Scope 2 – indirect emissions (market-based)

Intensity ratios – Scope 2 (market-based):

Tonnes of CO2 per employee 
Tonnes of CO2 per £m revenue 
Scope 3 – other indirect emissions (market-based)

Total Scope 2 and 3 (market-based)

Intensity ratios – Scope 2 and 3 (market-based):

Tonnes of CO2 per employee
Tonnes of CO2 per £m revenue

2023
Tonnes of 
CO2e

2022
Tonnes of
CO2e

2021
Tonnes of CO2e 
(Baseline)

Change in  
the year %

Change since 
baseline %

13

6

0.02

0.15

2,335

2,341

9

60

40

13

0.05

0.31

2,193

2,206

8

53

46

17

0.06

0.43

2,062

2,079

8

53

(68)

(54)

(52)

(51)

6

6

11

12

(72)

(65)

(64)

(65)

13

13

16

12

1  Due to Centaur’s office lease arrangement, all relevant Scope 1 emissions fall under Scope 2 as purchased heat and cooling.

Total UK and global energy consumption (kWh)

2023

261,019

2022
697,478

2021
684,790

Change in the 
year %
(63)

Change since 
baseline %
(62)

Scope 2 emissions have decreased in 2023 
compared to 2022 due to a combination 
of Centaur’s downsize in office space 
and improved emissions data provided 
by WeWork. In previous years, WeWork 
emissions data was calculated using wide 
territory-based quarterly average figures 
due to their limited visibility on data at the 
time. They have improved their emissions 
data with a combination of obtaining sub-
metered landlord invoices where available 
and working with a third-party carbon 
consultant to fill any gaps using more 
refined territory averages.

Scope 3 emissions from employee 
commuting for 2022 and 2021 have 
been re-presented following a refined 
methodology approach based on more 
detailed information on office attendance. 
Scope 3 emissions from employee 
commuting have increased in 2023 
compared to re-presented 2022 emissions 
due to a full year of the return to working 
from the office following Covid-19 and 
increased average daily employees 
working in the office. Other Scope 3 
emissions have increased due to an 
increase in business travel and the increase 
year-on-year in the level of emissions 
related to capital purchases such as 
intangible assets.

•  Targets used by Centaur to 

manage climate-related risks and 
opportunities and performance 
against targets 

screening, analysis of baseline emissions, 
setting of science-based targets, modelling 
of emissions pathways and assessment of 
carbon reduction strategies. 

Note that, whilst we remain committed to 
devising and announcing details of our net 
zero plan, in order to prioritise resource on 
achievement of MAP23, reduce disruption 
to the business whilst we embark on 
our new strategy and to ensure that our 
approach is relevant to the most up to date 
UK regulatory requirements, our current 
plan is to defer our substantive net zero 
planning until 2025 at the earliest.

Centaur does not currently employ targets 
to manage climate-related risks and 
opportunities and performance against 
targets due to transitional challenges, 
including lack of climate-related data and 
metrics and system limitations and has 
deferred any substantive target setting until 
2024 at the earliest in order to minimise 
disruption to the business during 2023, 
which was the final year of  Centaur’s 
three-year strategy, MAP23. Despite this, 
in 2023, Centaur did conduct some high-
level planning with regard to target setting. 
Centaur engaged with an environmental 
consultancy to scope out, at a high level, 
the work involved in a project aimed 
at reducing its carbon emissions and 
achieving a net zero target. This involved 
consideration of the internal resource, 
time and cost required for such a project, 
and increased understanding of the key 
elements involved, such as value chain 

Having now accurately measured and 
disclosed its Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions 
for two consecutive years (for both 2022 
and 2023) and reviewed the most material 
contributors to its carbon footprint, Centaur 
is now better placed to give further 
consideration to target setting and net zero 
planning in 2024. 

We are also reviewing opportunities to use 
high-quality carbon offsets to reach carbon 
neutrality. To help mitigate the impact of our 
GHG emissions, in 2021 DICE launched a 
scheme investing in a new carbon capture 
project to help mitigate the impact of our 
emissions through carbon offsetting, with 
the United Nations (Eastbourne) Mvule tri-
species tree project in Uganda. Centaur’s 
contribution to this project is estimated to 
capture up to 2,500 CO2/t per annum over 
the first ten years, although lower offset 
levels are achieved in its initial years. 

Energy efficiency actions
We continue to measure our carbon 
footprint by monitoring our energy usage. 
After analysis of the emissions data for 
2022 and 2023, the key areas contributing 
to Centaur’s emissions have been identified 
as:

•  Scope 2 emissions relating to the London 

office space; and 

34

www.centaurmedia.com•  Scope 3 emissions from purchased 

goods and services, capital goods and 
business travel.

Centaur has taken action to reduce its 
emissions in the following ways:

• 

• 

• 

relocation from 1 January 2023 to a 
smaller WeWork office space, which 
has significantly reduced our Scope 2 
emissions in 2023;

continued support of the electric 
vehicle and cycle to work schemes; and

staff initiatives to encourage good 
environmental practices.

Further, in relation to Centaur’s office 
space in WeWork, we are achieving an 
indirect reduction of our emissions from the 
environmental practices and targets that 
WeWork has set itself:

•  Renewable electricity – based in 
one of WeWork’s global locations 
that is sourced by 100% renewable 
electricity; and

•  Sustainable, efficient operations – 

reducing energy and water use and 
reducing annual waste.

Social 
Our people – culture
During 2023 we updated our strategic 
purpose as “we enable ambitious leaders 
to see around corners and deliver change”. 
Our purpose is the foundation that 
our culture is built on and from this we 
discovered Centaur’s values: Passionate, 
Accountable, Customer-centric and 
Knowledgeable. These were launched to 
employees in January 2024. The Board 
recognises the paramount importance of 
embedding Centaur’s values within our 
culture and upholding exemplary standards 
of business conduct throughout the entirety 
of the Group. Such commitment is essential 
to the successful execution of our strategic 
objectives and our purpose.

These values, developed by senior leaders 
alongside DICE, will be cascaded to the 
business by ‘walking the talk’ led by the 
Executive Committee and the senior 
leadership team, to all employees in order 
to live our values every day. To embed this, 
in early 2024 we have launched the LOVE 
award: Live Our Values Everyday. This 
quarterly award will celebrate individuals 
who embody our Values in their actions and 
contributions. 

Throughout 2023, a number of Kaizen 
working groups were established guided 
by the CEO’s rolling programme of 
breakfast meetings with all non-senior 
employees to listen to their ideas to 
improve the business. The groups 
implemented positive change as part of a 
continuous improvement to a number of 
our key operations and processes such 
as recruitment, onboarding, data, career 
progression, knowledge of Centaur and 
training. 

Our people – talent development 
and retention
Our hardworking and diligent colleagues 
are at the heart of our success. Having 
the right people with the right skills at 
all levels of Centaur’s organisation is 
critical to building a quality, sustainable 
business and delivering our strategy. 
Career development, communication and 
continuous quality improvement are a 
priority. The Company has also recognised 
that ESG is of high importance to young 
talent when making career choices and 
the Group’s disclosure on these matters is 
therefore supportive of recruitment efforts.

We have invested in two new development 
programmes to be launched in 2024: The 
Leadership Forum and the Manager Forum.

The Leadership Forum consists of our 
most senior leaders, who hold roles critical 
to Centaur’s next phase of growth. The 
purpose of the Leadership Forum is to drive 
our business objectives, role model our 
values and support succession planning.

The Manager Forum consists of our people 
managers. The purpose of the Manager 
Forum is to build community, share 
knowledge and give managers the tools 
and techniques they need to be successful 
in their roles. This is supported by a new 
Manager Essential Programme, with regular 
training sessions scheduled throughout the 
year. 

Our people – performance 
Our 2024 plans prioritise establishing 
a high-performance culture as a core 
component of our people plan. This 
initiative aims at enhancing effectiveness 
and improving performance. 

The cornerstone of a high-performance 
culture is the implementation of objective 
setting and in 2024 we will launch a 
new approach to objective setting and 

development. Objectives will be explicitly 
aligned with Centaur’s goals and monitored 
throughout the year through regular check-
ins with managers to track progress against 
agreed upon objectives.

Clear expectations, coupled with job 
descriptions, provide colleagues with 
greater clarity regarding their role in 
achieving Centaur’s objectives and support 
line managers in conducting more robust 
performance conversations. This approach 
provides a roadmap to focus efforts, 
support colleagues’ career development 
and enable continuous improvements. 

Our people – wellbeing 
Centaur is committed to helping colleagues 
perform at their best. We provide a range 
of benefits and tools that promote and 
support a healthy lifestyle, a healthy 
mind and increasingly, a healthy work-life 
balance. These include: 

•  Access to Unum ‘Lifeworks’, an 

employee assistance programme 
providing counselling, managing 
finances, assistance with legal matters 
and mental health support services 
as well as giving access to virtual GP 
appointments free of charge;

•  Medical cash plan that covers 

colleagues’ everyday healthcare costs, 
plus a wide range of digital and virtual 
wellbeing tools;

•  25 days holiday, increasing by a day 
per year of service, up to a maximum 
of 30 days;

•  Hybrid working;

•  Mental health first-aiders were trained 
for all employees to confidentially 
engage with regarding any issues they 
may have. This was supplemented with 
a variety of webinars and initiatives to 
support those coping with change and 
uncertainty, building resilience and 
working from home effectively;

•  Access to NABS, which is a support for 
the advertising and media industry;

•  Maternity buddies and menopause 

champions;

•  Promoting salary sacrifice for 

employees to plan financial efficiency 
on their pension contributions; and

•  Wellbeing fortnight and a wellbeing 

day off.

35

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Having seen first-hand the benefits of these 
initiatives, as well as listening to employee 
feedback, the Board will be maintaining 
these practices going forward. 

Our people – training
We are committed to investing in the 
professional growth of our colleagues, with 
our extensive training and development 
resources. All colleagues can participate 
in the world class learning we offer to our 
clients. This includes the MW Mini MBA and 
award-winning Econsultancy courses. Our 
goal is to help colleagues reach their full 
potential, meet their career ambitions and 
contribute to the success of Centaur’s growth. 
67 of our colleagues have now completed at 
least one of the MW Mini MBA courses.

During the year there has been mandatory 
training for all staff on Security, GDPR and 
Anti-Bribery and Corruption along with 
coaching sessions, webinars on resilience, 
training on neurodiversity and other 
individual role specific training sessions. A 
new training platform has been launched 
for colleagues encompassing a range of 
mandatory, personal and leadership skills, 
diversity and inclusion training in addition 
to access to the world class suite of training 
provided to our clients.

Our new Manager Forum will be supported 
by a new Centaur Manager Essentials 
Programme. The purpose is to equip 
managers with the foundation knowledge 
and tools required to lead their teams and 
achieve Centaur’s business objectives.

DICE (Diversity, Inclusion, Culture 
and Engagement) – Employee 
engagement in action
DICE was formed in 2019 with the purpose 
of building a more diverse, inclusive and 
engaged workforce through driving positive 
change. DICE comprises ten to fifteen 
employees from across the Group and 
is led by our Chief People Officer. DICE 
reports to the CEO and Carol Hosey is its 
Non-Executive Director sponsor. Her role 
is to ensure that employee sentiment is 
clearly communicated to the Board and that 
our gender, diversity and environmental 
ambitions are realised with actionable plans.

36

Diversity | Inclusion | Culture | Engagement

Dice header for annual report.indd   1
Dice header for annual report.indd   1

15/02/2024   20:09
15/02/2024   20:09

During 2023 DICE focused its efforts 
on five key workstreams: Diversity and 
Inclusivity, Culture and Engagement, Social, 
Environment and Charity. Each workstream 
has an ExCo sponsor. It continues to play 
an integral and valuable role to support 
engagement with our workforce, ensuring 
that everyone at Centaur feels connected 
and helps to build our community and 
culture. DICE were instrumental in the 
development of Centaur’s new values. 
Going forward, they have a key role in 
embedding our new values into our day-to-
day working environment.

DICE is a key driver in Centaur’s 
environmental and social policy and 
devised workstreams to support the 
business in driving continued change 
in 2023. For instance, the Group has a 
whistleblowing policy in place enabling 
employees to report any concerns about 
improper practices, including in relation to 
its environmental and social responsibility 
practices.

During 2023, key DICE initiatives included 
the following:

Diversity & Inclusivity
• 

Events to raise awareness of 
neurodiversity;

• 

Training for managers to support 
neurodiverse colleagues;

•  Supporting mental health training;

•  A panel session for International 

Women’s Day; and

• 

Events to celebrate LGBTQ+ History 
Month and Trans Day of Visibility.

Culture and Engagement
•  Regular newsletter;

•  Wellness Day – given to all staff in 

October 2023 which will be repeated in 
2024; and

•  Annual employee survey.

Social
• 

Two main social events in 2023 – the 
Summer Party in June and a Christmas 
Party in December.

Charity
•  A month-long step challenge to raise 

donations for Crisis;

•  A number of fundraising events in the 
office including bake sales and raffles;

•  Afternoon tea to celebrate the 

Coronation;

•  One of our colleagues ran two ultra 
marathons in aid of charities; and

•  A number of colleagues participated in 
Suki’s Steps and Swim to raise money 
for Macmillan Cancer Support.

Diversity
Creating a diverse and inclusive workplace 
is vital to building an inclusive culture 
where everyone feels welcome, and it is 
embedded in our values. Centaur strongly 
encourages diversity across the Group and 
considers it an integral element of ensuring 
our success as a business. We profoundly 
believe that a workforce with diverse 
experiences and diverse ideas makes for a 
better business, and we are committed to 
recruiting and promoting the most talented 
people from the widest pool. We champion 
diversity from how we attract, recruit and 
develop our colleagues to retaining diverse 
talent. 

www.centaurmedia.comTo do this, we offer internships and work 
experience opportunities to young people 
from all backgrounds and provide equal 
opportunities for all current and prospective 
employees.

The Group has an Inclusion, Diversity and 
Equality Policy which covers recruitment 
and selection, promotion, training and 
development, and standard contract terms 
for all staff. DICE has been instrumental in 
developing our Antiracism & Inclusivity and 
LGBTQ+ pledges and a Community Group 
forum exists and acts as a space of openness 
and inclusivity where employees can speak 
freely about issues regarding race.

As at 31 December 2023, two of our 
seven (29%) Board members are female 
which has not changed since 2022 when 
Richard Staveley was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director in his role as an adviser 
to Centaur’s largest shareholder. Two 
out of our six (33%) Executive Committee 
members are female (2022: 33%). The 
Centaur Strategy Group, comprising the 
Executive Committee and a small group 
of senior leaders in the Company (in total 
10 male and 7 female for the majority 
of the year), have been involved in the 
development of a number of strategic 
projects during 2023.

As at 31 December 2023, 143 (58%) of our 
employees are female and 102 (42%) are 
male. We proudly support flexible working 
opportunities and 12% of the workforce is 
employed on a part-time basis. 

Gender pay
We carry out an annual analysis on Gender 
Pay. The report for 2023 can be found 
at www.centaurmedia.com/corporate-
responsibility/inclusion-diversity. Our mean 
average Gender Pay Gap has reduced 
between 2022 and 2023 from 19.4% to 
17.8%, and the median average Gender Pay 
Gap has also decreased from 12.9% to 9.1%.

Health and safety
We are committed to the safety of our 
staff and, while the nature of the business 
and our WeWork serviced offices make 
the risk of work-based accidents relatively 
low, the Group takes its responsibilities 
for the health and safety of its employees 
seriously. We have a detailed health and 
safety policy outlining the responsibilities 
of our staff to ensure workplace safety and 
our Health and Safety Committee, which is 

responsible for overseeing the application 
of this Policy, meets every six months and 
reports directly to the Board. 

In normal circumstances, our Office Manager 
is responsible for maintaining a safe 
environment for employees at our WeWork 
office and an accident book is available to 
all staff in reception. We also periodically 
carry out internal health and safety 
reviews, taking follow-up action to maintain 
standards where necessary and undertake 
staff training in relation to fire safety. To 
minimise risk to the health and safety of our 
employees in the event of a major disaster 
or emergency, our business continuity plan 
is regularly revised and tested. 

Our Health and Safety Committee asks 
all new employees to complete a safety 
plus assessment. This assessment is also 
sent out if there is a change to the working 
environment or if any employee requests 
new equipment. 

Anti-slavery and human trafficking 
policy
We implemented the provisions of the 
UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 in 2016 
and adopted an anti-slavery and human 
trafficking policy. Our Slavery and Human 
Trafficking Statement is published on our 
website in March each year.

Community
The Group supports local communities and 
charitable organisations through a matching 
scheme for direct fundraising and donations 
by employees. Together with our employees, 
we made donations in 2023 to Crisis 
(£7,000), Macmillan Cancer Support (£5,000), 
Shooting Star Children’s Hospices (£3,000) 
and Turkey Mozaik Foundation (£1,275). 

In 2024 the Group will support Crisis and 
Macmillan Cancer Support. Both charities 
have been chosen by colleagues through a 
selection process initiated by DICE.

In 2022, donations were made to The 
Trussell Trust, an organisation that aids 
a national network food bank to provide 
emergency food and support to people 
locked in poverty (£2,500) and Shooting 
Star Children’s Hospices (£2,500).

The Group also offers each employee 
a paid day off to spend volunteering for 
a not-for-profit cause or charity of their 
choice. We also operate a Give-As-You-Earn 
scheme through payroll.

Governance 
Details on Governance are set out in the 
Corporate Governance Report starting on 
page 48.

37

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management

Risk management approach
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk 
management and internal controls, and 
these are regularly monitored by the Audit 
Committee. Details of the activities of the 
Audit Committee in this financial year can 
be found in the Audit Committee Report on 
pages 52 to 54.

The Executive Committee, Company 
Secretary and the Head of Legal are 
responsible for identifying, managing and 
monitoring material and emerging risks in 
each area of the business and for regularly 
reviewing and updating the risk register, as 
well as reporting to the Audit Committee in 
relation to risks, mitigations and controls. 
As the Group operates principally from one 
office and with relatively flat management 
reporting lines, members of the Executive 
Committee are closely involved in day-to-
day matters and are able to identify areas 
of increasing risk quickly and respond 
accordingly. 

The responsibility for each risk identified 
is assigned to a member of the Executive 
Committee. The Audit Committee considers 
risk management and controls regularly 
and the Board formally considers risks to 
the Group’s strategy and plans as well as 
the risk management process as part of its 
strategic review.

The risk register is the core element of the 
Group’s risk management process. The 
register is maintained by the Company 
Secretary with input from the Executive 
Committee and the Head of Legal. The 
Executive Committee initially identifies the 
material risks and emerging risks facing the 
Group and then collectively assesses the 
severity of each risk (by ranking both the 
likelihood of its occurrence and its potential 
impact on the business) and the related 
mitigating controls. 

As part of its risk management processes, 
the Board considers both strategic and 
operational risks, as well as its risk appetite 
in terms of the tolerance level it is willing 

to accept in relation to each principal risk, 
which is recorded in the Company’s risk 
register. This approach recognises that 
risk cannot always be eliminated at an 
acceptable cost and that there are some 
risks which the Board will, after due and 
careful consideration, choose to accept. 

The Group’s risk register, its method of 
preparation and the operation of the 
key controls in the Group’s system of 
internal control are regularly reviewed and 
overseen by the Audit Committee with 
reference to the Group’s strategic aims 
and its operating environment. The register 
is also reviewed and considered by the 
Board.

As part of the ongoing enhancement of 
the Group’s risk monitoring activities, we 
reviewed and updated the procedures 
by which we evaluate principal risks and 
uncertainties during the year including the 
consideration of climate-related risks as 
described in the ESG report. 

Principal risks 
The Group’s risk register currently includes operational and strategic risks. The principal risks faced by the Group in 2023, taken from the 
register, together with the potential effects and mitigating factors, are set out below. The Directors confirm that they have undertaken a 
robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group. Financial risks are shown in note 26 to the financial statements.

Rank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

Movement in risk

1

Sensitivity to UK/sector 
economic conditions.

The world economy has been severely 
impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic, 
the conflict in Ukraine and the resulting 
impact with inflation having peaked at 
over 10% and UK interest rates over 5%. 
In addition, the UK economy has not 
been growing. The Group continues to 
have sensitivity to UK/sector volatility 
and economic conditions. The impact 
has been acute on some of Centaur’s 
target market segments and corporate 
marketing budgets.

We will mitigate the risk relating to 
our customers by adapting content to 
help them manage in the economic 
environment, focus on adding value to 
our subscription and eLearning products 
and improving user experience and 
customer service to protect renewal 
rates and new business. We will also 
continue to manage our cost base 
and utilise technology such as AI and 
machine learning to improve our cost 
effectiveness.

The Board considers 
this risk to be broadly 
the same as for the 
prior year.

The likelihood of ongoing volatility in 
2024 is expected to be high despite 
lowering inflation rates and there are 
varying views as to the timing and 
extent of any recovery.

Centaur continues to increase 
international organic growth to mitigate 
this risk. We are also increasing 
our focus targeting larger scale 
multinational businesses which have a 
more diversified risk profile.

Many of the Group’s products are 
market-leading in their respective 
sectors and are an integral part of our 
customers’ operational processes, 
which mitigates the risk of reduced 
demand for our products.

The Group regularly reviews the 
political and economic conditions and 
forecasts for UK, including specific risks 
such as inflation, to assess whether 
changes to its product offerings or 
pricing structures are necessary.

38

www.centaurmedia.comRank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

Movement in risk

2

Failure to achieve 
a high growth 
performance culture. 

The risk that Centaur 
is unable to attract, 
develop and retain 
an appropriately 
skilled, diverse and 
responsible workforce 
and leadership 
team, and maintain 
a healthy culture 
which encourages 
and supports ethical 
high-performance 
behaviours and 
decision-making.

Difficulties in recruiting 
and retaining staff 
could lead to loss of 
key senior staff.

Having completed the MAP23 strategy, 
Centaur’s continued success depends 
on growing the business. In order to 
do this, it depends in large part on its 
ability to recruit, motivate and retain 
high quality experienced and qualified 
employees in the face of often intense 
competition from other companies, 
especially in London.

Investment in training, development and 
pay awards needs to be compelling 
but will be challenging in the current 
economic and operating climate.

Implementing a diverse and inclusive 
working environment that allows for 
agile and remote delivery is necessary 
to keep the workforce engaged. It 
is also required for a flexible hybrid 
working model.

Staff churn (a challenge for many 
companies in our sector) has been at 
lower levels during 2023, but we are 
continuing to improve our policies and 
practices.

Developing the future business strategy 
beyond MAP23 and changes required 
in skill set and culture are challenging 
and costly. 

The Board considers 
this risk to be broadly 
the same as the prior 
year.

In January 2024, we are launching a 
refreshed approach to objective setting 
and managing performance. Colleagues 
will agree a personal development 
plan and annual objectives with their 
manager, linked to Centaur’s overall 
2024 objectives.

Colleagues will have regular check 
ins with their manager to ensure they 
are on track to clarify accountabilities, 
provide focus and build a high growth 
performance culture. 

There continues to be a significant 
focus on employee communication 
including weekly updates, all company 
town hall and Q&A meetings and staff 
welfare calls.

Over the course of Q4 2023, the CSG 
and DICE have worked together to 
develop Centaur’s values. These will be 
launched in January 2024. The values 
will be included in the new performance 
management process and embedded in 
our culture.

We regularly review measures aimed at 
improving our ability to recruit, onboard 
and retain employees. We continue 
to focus on bringing in higher quality 
employees to replace leavers or in 
new roles to enhance our strategy 
particularly in areas such as marketing, 
technology and data analytics.

We track employee engagement 
through weekly ‘check-ins’ via our 
ENGAGE system to gauge colleague 
sentiment and gain an understanding of 
key risks or challenges. 

DICE has helped to drive forward 
initiatives relating to diversity and 
inclusion, through communication and 
social functions. This is sponsored by 
the CEO and a Non-Executive Director 
and chaired by the CPO.

The CEO has held employee breakfasts 
with the objective of generating a 
continuous performance improvement 
culture within the Group. This has 
identified six continuous improvement 
projects which have delivered process 
improvements in 2023. This will 
continue in 2024.

An annual review ensures staff 
flight risks and training needs are 
identified with a focus on reward and 
development areas. All London based 
staff continue to be paid at or above the 
London Living Wage. 

Our HR team hold exit interviews for all 
leavers to identify and resolve areas of 
concern.

39

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management
CONTINUED

Rank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

Movement in risk

3

Fraudulent or 
accidental breach of 
our IT network, major 
systems failure or 
ineffective operation 
of IT and data 
management systems 
leads to loss, theft, 
or misuse of financial 
assets, proprietary or 
sensitive information 
and/or inoperative core 
products, services, or 
business functions.

Centaur relies on its IT network to 
conduct its operations. The IT network 
is at risk of a serious systems failure or 
breach of its security controls due to a 
deliberate or fraudulent cyber-attack 
or unintentional event and may include 
third parties gaining unauthorised 
access to Centaur’s IT network and 
systems.

This could result in misappropriation 
of its financial assets, proprietary or 
sensitive information (including personal 
data or confidential information), 
corruption of data or operational 
disruption, such as unavailability of our 
websites, our users’ digital products and 
support platforms with disruption to our 
revenue collection activities.

Centaur could incur significant costs 
and suffer negative consequences as 
a result of this, such as remediation 
costs (including liability for stolen 
assets or information, and repair of 
any damage caused to Centaur’s IT 
network infrastructure and systems) as 
well as reputational damage and loss of 
investor confidence resulting from any 
operational disruption. 

A serious occurrence of a loss, theft 
or misuse of personal data could also 
result in a breach of data protection 
requirements and the effects of this. 
See risk 4: Regulatory compliance.

Appropriate IT security and related 
controls are in place for all key 
processes to keep the IT environment 
safe and monitor our network systems 
and data. 

The Board considers 
this risk to be broadly 
the same as the prior 
year.

Centaur has invested significantly in 
its IT systems and, where services are 
outsourced to suppliers, contingency 
planning is carried out to mitigate risk of 
supplier failure.

Centaur continues to develop its CRM, 
e-commerce and finance systems 
and has removed a number of legacy 
systems in recent years reducing 
the Group’s cyber risk. To improve 
staff awareness, Centaur continues 
to train staff on cyber security and 
phishing with regular testing and online 
learning. 

Centaur has a business continuity plan 
which includes its IT systems and there 
is daily, overnight back-up of data, 
stored off-site. 

Websites are hosted by specialist third-
party providers who typically provide 
warranties relating to security standards. 
All of our websites are hosted on a 
secure platform which is cloud hosted 
and databases have been cleansed and 
upgraded. 

The Data Director ensures that 
rigorous controls are in place to 
ensure that warehouse data can only 
be downloaded by the data team. 
Integration of the warehouse with 
current databases and data captured 
and stored elsewhere is ongoing.

In an ever-increasing sophisticated 
environment of cyber incidents, Centaur 
has significantly improved protection, 
creating a dedicated cross-technology 
cyber workgroup to review processes, 
systems and access. As a result, 
Centaur has strengthened access 
across all critical systems and improved 
monitoring. In addition, Centaur has 
been externally audited and certified 
ISO/IEC 27001:2013 ‘Information 
Security Management’. Given the 
advanced nature and complexity of 
cyber incidents, security is kept under 
constant review.

Please see risk 4: Regulatory 
compliance for specific mitigations 
relating to the security of personal data 
and GDPR compliance. 

40

www.centaurmedia.comRank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

Movement in risk

The Board considers 
this risk to be broadly 
the same as the prior 
year.

Centaur has taken a wide range of 
measures aimed at complying with the 
key aspects of GDPR, DPA and PECR.

The Data Compliance Committee 
(overseen by the CFO) monitors 
Centaur’s ongoing compliance with data 
protection laws.

Staff are required to undertake online 
data protection awareness and data 
security awareness training annually.

Centaur has appointed a DPO (Wiggin 
LLP) to oversee its compliance with 
data protection laws. Further, Centaur’s 
in-house legal team keeps abreast 
of material developments in data 
protection law and regulation and 
advice from external law firms is sought 
where appropriate. 

Given the increasingly global nature 
of our business and our customers 
Centaur’s approach to complying 
with data protection laws in other 
jurisdictions is kept under review.

4

Regulatory compliance 
(GDPR, PECR and other 
similar legislation) 
includes strict 
requirements regarding 
how Centaur handles 
personal data, including 
that of customers. 
There is the risk of a 
fine from the ICO, third 
party claims, as well as 
reputational damage if 
we do not comply.

Centaur has strict requirements in 
respect of its handling of personal data 
under UK General Data Protection 
Regulation (‘GDPR’), the Data Protection 
Act 2018 (‘DPA’), the Privacy and 
Electronic Communications Regulations 
(‘PECR’) and related law and regulation 
(‘Data Protection Law’). Centaur’s 
obligations under Data Protection Law 
are continuously evolving meaning this 
area requires ongoing focus.

PECR includes specific obligations 
for businesses like Centaur regarding 
how they conduct electronic marketing 
calls, emails, texts and use cookies 
and similar technologies, among other 
things.

In the event of a serious breach of the 
GDPR and/or PECR, Centaur could be 
subject to a significant fine from the 
regulator, the ICO and claims from third 
parties, including customers, as well as 
reputational damage.

The maximum fines for breaches are 
£17.5 million (GDPR) and £500,000 
(PECR) respectively and Directors can 
be liable for serious breaches of PECR’s 
marketing rules.

Other countries and jurisdictions 
worldwide have their own laws relating 
to data and privacy. Where Centaur 
is required to comply with the laws in 
non-UK jurisdictions there is a risk that 
Centaur may not be compliant with 
all such laws and could therefore be 
subject to regulatory action and fines 
from the relevant regulators and data 
subjects.

ICO guidance relating to use of cookies, 
and further changes to the laws relating 
to data privacy, ad tech and electronic 
marketing expected in the future, will 
further increase the regulatory burden 
for businesses like Centaur and the 
requirements in this regard will need to 
be kept under review.

41

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTViability Statement

The base scenario uses a four-year forecast 
to December 2027. The four-year forecast 
was built, bottom-up from the budget for 
2024 together with appropriate growth 
factors for 2025 to 2027.

from the date of approval of the financial 
statements and for the foreseeable future, 
being the period as discussed in the 
viability statement above, can be found on 
page 47.

The Strategic Report was approved by the 
Board of Directors and signed by order of 
the Board. 

HELEN SILVER
Company Secretary

12 March 2024

The metrics in the base case are subject 
to stress testing which involves sensitising 
key assumptions underlying the forecasts 
both individually and in unison. The key 
sensitivity is on Adjusted EBITDA which 
is the primary driver of performance in 
the viability assessment. This sensitised 
scenario assumes that Adjusted EBITDA 
is lowered by 10% in every period that the 
viability statement covers.

In both the base case and sensitised 
scenarios, the Group would not be 
required to rely on the revolving credit 
facility in order to fund its daily operations. 
Sensitising the model for changes in the 
assumptions and risks affirmed that the 
Group and the Company would remain 
viable over the three-year and nine-month 
period to December 2027. 

Going concern basis of 
accounting 
In accordance with provision 30 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
the Directors’ statement as to whether 
they consider it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements and their 
identification of any material uncertainties, 
including the principal risks outlined above, 
to the Group’s ability to continue to do so 
over a period of at least twelve months 

In accordance with provision 31 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
the Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Group over a three-year and 
nine-month period from signing of this 
Annual Report to December 2027, taking 
account of the Group’s current position, 
the Group’s strategy, the Board’s risk 
appetite and, as documented above, the 
principal risks facing the Group and how 
these are managed. Based on the results 
of this analysis, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group and 
the Company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period to December 2027.

The Board has determined that the three-
year and nine-month period to December 
2027 is an appropriate period over which 
to provide its viability statement because 
the Board’s financial planning horizon 
covers a four-year period. In making their 
assessment, the Directors have taken 
account of the Group’s £10m three-year 
revolving credit facility (which allows 
extensions to March 2026 on similar terms), 
cash flows, dividend cover and other key 
financial ratios over the period. 

The covenants of the facility require a 
minimum interest cover ratio of 4 and 
net leverage not exceeding 2.5 times. In 
the calculation of net leverage Adjusted 
EBITDA excludes the impact of IFRS 16. 
The Group is not expected to breach any 
of these covenants in any of the scenarios 
run for the viability statement and is not 
forecasting that the facility will be utilised 
during the viability period.

42

www.centaurmedia.comBoard of Directors

COLIN JONES
Chair

Colin joined Centaur in September 2018 and became Chair in June 2019. Prior to June 2018, 
Colin was CFO of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC (Euromoney), where he worked in 
leadership roles in the UK and US for 22 years. He is also a non-executive director and audit 
committee chair at M&C Saatchi Plc, a non-executive director and remuneration committee 
chair at Gateley (Holdings) plc, and a non-executive director and trustee of City Lit, London’s 
leading adult education college, where he chairs the Finance & Commercial Committee. 
During his time at Euromoney, Colin was instrumental in its transformation from its traditional 
media roots to a global, B2B digital information group. He also has extensive M&A expertise 
through Euromoney’s many successful transactions. Before joining Euromoney, Colin was a 
director at Price Waterhouse Europe, where he qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

Chair of the Nomination Committee and Member of the Remuneration Committee.

SWAGATAM MUKERJI
Chief Executive Officer

Swag joined Centaur in 2016, after creating significant shareholder value previously 
at several blue chip FMCG companies, including United Biscuits plc, Diageo plc and 
Virgin, where he operated as a value creator, trouble-shooter and change agent. At 
Biocompatibles International plc, he led the commercialisation and international growth 
of the company, whilst running the product licensing division, increasing the share price 
fourfold in a falling market. Since then, he has been a C-suite director of three private 
equity backed businesses in a variety of sectors with the common theme of increasing 
shareholder value through strategy refresh, transformation and revitalising corporate 
culture. He has also led a substantial number of M&A transactions and multi-lender 
refinancings. Swag qualified as a Chartered Accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
and is a Warwick MBA.

SIMON LONGFIELD
Chief Financial Officer

Simon joined Centaur in November 2019. He spent the previous 10 years as CFO of BMI 
Research, a leading provider through its subscriptions model of macroeconomic, industry 
and financial market analysis, which was acquired by Fitch Group in 2014. During his time 
at BMI Research revenue more than doubled as the company expanded internationally 
with Simon’s support. Prior to this, Simon was CFO of Newfound, an AIM-listed property 
and leisure group. Simon began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant and worked in London and Australia.

WILLIAM ECCLESHARE
Senior Independent Director

William joined Centaur in July 2016. William served as CEO of Clear Channel Outdoor 
(NYSE) – one of the world’s largest out-of-home media companies – from 2009 to 2021. 
He is Senior Independent Director of Britvic plc and Chair of The Design Council – a 
charity by Royal Charter and the UK Government’s strategic advisor on design. William 
served as a non-executive director of Hays plc from 2004 to 2014 and was a Partner 
and Leader of European Branding Practice at McKinsey & Co from 2000 to 2003. He 
has also served in international leadership roles at major advertising agencies, including 
as European Chairman and CEO of BBDO (Omnicom); European Chairman of Young 
and Rubicam (WPP Group); Global Strategic Planning Director of J. Walter Thompson 
Worldwide (WPP Group); and CEO of PPGH/JWT Amsterdam. 

Member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

43

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTBoard of Directors
CONTINUED

CAROL HOSEY
Non-Executive Director (Independent)

Carol joined Centaur on 5 February 2020. Carol has extensive remuneration 
experience at executive and board level and has spent over 20 years in senior HR 
roles, latterly as the Group HR Director for Mace Ltd, the international consultancy and 
construction group and Mitie Group plc. 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee and member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees. She is also the Non-Executive Director sponsor of Centaur’s employee 
engagement committee known as DICE.

LESLIE-ANN REED
Non-Executive Director (Independent)

Leslie-Ann joined Centaur on 1 March 2020 and became Chair of Centaur’s Audit 
Committee on 31 March 2020. Leslie-Ann is non-executive director at Learning 
Technologies Group plc and also at Bloomsbury Publishing Plc and Frontier 
Developments plc where she serves as the senior independent non-executive director. 
She also serves as Chair of the Audit Committee for these companies. Leslie-Ann is 
a Chartered Accountant and her executive roles previously included CFO of the B2B 
publisher Metal Bulletin plc and the online auctioneer Go Industry plc. 

Chair of the Audit Committee and member of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees.

RICHARD STAVELEY 
Non-Executive Director

Richard joined Centaur in May 2022 as a non-independent non-executive director with 
over twenty-four years’ experience of equity investing as a fund manager at several 
successful fund management businesses, primarily in publicly quoted companies. He 
is the lead fund manager at Rockwood Strategic Plc, which holds 6.0% of Centaur, and 
an advisor to Harwood Capital LLP, which holds 23.8%. Since qualifying as a Chartered 
Accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers, Richard has worked at Société Générale Asset 
Management, River and Mercantile Asset Management and Majedie Asset Management. 
He is a Chartered Financial Analyst (‘CFA’) with a Bachelor of Arts from the University of 
Newcastle. He is also a non-executive director of Pressure Technologies plc.

44

www.centaurmedia.comExecutive Committee

STEVE NEWBOLD
Group Managing Director – Xeim

Steve joined Centaur in March 2015. He is responsible for the Xeim portfolio of brands 
including Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence, Marketing Week and the highly successful 
MW Mini MBA series. Steve has extensive experience in leading content-led, multi-
channel businesses in both B2B and consumer sectors. He has played a key role at 
Centaur in accelerating the growth of the company’s digital information and training 
business with a focus on establishing long-term relationships with customers and 
developing repeatable revenue streams. Prior to joining Centaur Steve held Managing 
Director roles at WGSN, i2i Events, Emap Communications (now Ascential) and Emap 
Consumer Media (now Bauer).

JANE WILKINSON
Managing Director – The Lawyer

Jane is Managing Director of The Lawyer. She joined Centaur in August 2021 and has 
over 25 years of industry experience, including 18 years at B2B data and information 
business Euromoney Institutional Investor Plc, where she played a key role in growing 
paid subscriptions and transitioning the business to digital. She was responsible 
for running Euromoney Learning Solutions; Institutional Investor and Hedge Fund 
Intelligence, before becoming Group Chief Marketing Officer in 2016. Jane has worked 
with subscription businesses throughout her career, both B2C and B2B, in the information 
financial services and supply chain risk management sectors.

NICOLA MORETTI 
Chief People Officer

Nicola joined Centaur as Chief People Officer in October 2023. She is responsible for 
shaping and driving Centaur’s people and organisation strategy, including developing 
strategic capabilities, and embedding a culture of inclusion and performance to realise 
Centaur’s ambitions. She has extensive experience in technology-based businesses, 
consulting and digital transformation. Prior to joining Centaur, Nicola was Chief People 
Officer with Ozone, a rapidly growing digital advertising platform built by some of the UK’s 
best-known publishers. Nicola began her career as a business change consultant with 
Accenture, focusing on people transformation programmes.

IAN BALDWIN 
Chief Technology Officer

Ian joined Centaur as part of the 2012 acquisition of The Profile Group, where he was 
Senior Technology Director, and joined Centaur’s Executive Committee in November 
2022 as Chief Technology Officer. With responsibility for all technology at Centaur, 
including digital development, data and IT, Ian has extensive experience running digital 
and IT teams and specialises in subscription systems, digital strategy, growth and product 
innovation. He has played a critical role at Centaur leading the transformation of the 
business’s print and digital information services into technology-enabled, scalable, high-
growth products. Prior to Centaur, Ian headed technology at research agency MRIB.

45

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Report

The Directors of Centaur 
Media Plc (‘the Company’), 
a company incorporated 
and domiciled in England 
and Wales, present their 
report on the affairs of 
the Company and its 
subsidiaries (together the 
“Group”) as well as the 
audited Company and 
consolidated Group financial 
statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2023. 

There have been no significant events 
since the reporting date.

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group are the 
provision of business information, training 
and specialist consultancy to selected 
professional and commercial markets within 
the marketing and legal professions, our 
two sectors. The principal activities of the 
Company are those of a holding company.

Business review
The Strategic Report, incorporating 
the CEO’s Statement, on pages 1 to 
42, sets out a summary of the Group 
strategic objectives, business model, key 
performance measures, operating and 
financial reviews, future developments, 
S172 statement, the Environmental, Social 
and Governance report and principal risks. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
Details of the Group’s greenhouse 
gas emissions are included in the 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
report on page 34.

Research and  
development activities 
The Group invests in systems and website 
development activities – see note 11 to 
the financial statements for the internally 
generated amounts capitalised during 
the year. The Group does not incur any 
significant research costs.

Dividends
A final ordinary dividend under the 
dividend policy in respect of the year 
to 31 December 2023 of 1.2 pence per 
share (2022: 0.6 pence) is proposed by 
the Directors and, subject to shareholder 
approval at the Annual General Meeting, 
will be paid on 24 May 2024 to ordinary 
shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 10 May 2024. The total 
ordinary dividends paid to shareholders 
relating to the year will therefore be  
1.8 pence (2022: 1.1 pence). 

In addition to the ordinary dividends paid 
relating to 2023, special dividends of 3.0 
pence per share and 2.0 pence per share 
were paid in February and March 2023 
respectively. 

Share capital and 
substantial shareholdings
Details of the share capital of the Company 
are set out in note 22 to the financial 
statements. As at 31 December 2023, and 
12 March 2024 (being the last practicable 
date prior to publication), notifications 
of interests at or above 3% in the issued 
voting share capital of the Company had 
been received from the following: 

31 December
2023

12 March
2024

Harwood Capital 
LLP

29.86%

29.86%

Aberforth 
Partners LLP1

Herald 
Investment 
Management

Downing LLP

Richard Griffiths

Graham Sherren

Artemis 
Investment 
Management LLP

23.91%

22.96%

7.32%

4.56%

3.39%

3.20%

7.32%

4.56%

3.68%

3.20%

3.01%

3.01%

1  This includes Wellcome Trust Limited which is managed 

by Aberforth Partners LLP

At 12 March 2024 and 31 December 2023, 
4,550,179 (31 December 2022: 4,550,179) 10 
pence ordinary shares are held in treasury, 
representing 3.01% (2022: 3.01%) of the 
issued share capital of the Company as 
at 31 December 2023. As at 31 December 
2023, there were 800,000 (2022: 800,000) 
deferred shares of 10 pence each which 
carry restricted voting rights and carry no 
right to receive a dividend payment. 

Directors and Directors’ interests
The Directors of the Company during the year and up to the date of this report are detailed below. The Board has decided to continue 
observing best practice by offering themselves for re-election annually. 

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield

Colin Jones 

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

Richard Staveley 

Number of 
ordinary shares 
held at 
1 January 2023
660,656 

Shares acquired  
during the year
512,507

Number of 
ordinary shares 
held at  
31 December 
2023
1,173,163

Number of 
ordinary  
shares held at  
12 March 2024
1,174,245

72,769

140,000

277,016

126,235

349,785

266,235

349,785

266,235

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The Directors’ interests in long-term incentive plans are disclosed in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 63 to 70. 

46

www.centaurmedia.comQualifying third party 
indemnity provisions
By virtue of article 231 of the Articles of 
Association of the Company, a qualifying 
third-party indemnity provision (within 
the meaning given by section 234 of the 
Companies Act 2006) is in force at the date 
of this report in respect of each Director of 
the Company and was in force throughout 
the year. 

The Company has purchased appropriate 
insurance in respect of legal actions against 
Directors and officers.

Charitable and  
political donations 
The Group supports local communities 
and charitable organisations through direct 
fundraising and donations with details of 
the charitable donations made in 2023 to 
be found in the community section of the 
Section 172 statement. 

No political donations were made during 
the year (2022: £nil).  

Employment policy
The Group is an equal opportunities 
employer and appoints employees based 
on their skill, experience and capability 
without reference to age, gender, sexual 
orientation, ethnic group, religious 
beliefs, disability or any other personal 
characteristics.

It is the Group’s policy to give full 
consideration to suitable applications 
for employment by disabled persons. 
Opportunities also exist for employees 
of the Group who become disabled to 
continue in their employment or to be 
trained for other positions in the Group.

The Group actively encourages employee 
involvement at all levels, both through 
bi-monthly employee briefings and 
by direct access to managers and the 
Executive Committee. Our employee 
engagement committee known as DICE 
was set up in 2019 on which more details 
can be found in the Strategic Report on 
page 36. In addition, the Share Incentive 
Plan as described in note 23 encourages 
employees’ participation in the Group’s 
performance.

All employees are regularly briefed on the 
financial and economic factors affecting 
the Group’s performance and new 
initiatives through town hall meetings and 
management cascade of information. 

Subsidiaries
Details of the subsidiaries of the Company 
are shown in note 13 to the financial 
statements.

Compliance with the  
UK Corporate Governance 
Code
The Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance in respect of the Group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code is set out on 
page 48.

Auditor and disclosure of 
information to the Auditor 
The Directors confirm that, so far as the 
Directors are aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware and the Directors 
have taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as Directors in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of that 
information. 

This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of s418 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The Directors’ responsibility 
statement is included on page 71.

Approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed by order of the Board. 

HELEN SILVER
Company Secretary

12 March 2024

Significant agreements
The Group’s bank facility agreement is a 
significant agreement that is terminable 
on a change of control of the Company. 
In addition, awards under certain of the 
long-term incentive plans, details of which 
are set out in note 23, will vest or may be 
exchanged for awards of a purchaser’s 
shares upon a change of control of the 
Company.

Conflicts of interest
Following the implementation of legislation 
on conflicts of interest, reflected in the 
historical changes to the Company’s 
Articles of Association, procedures are in 
place to deal with such conflicts which have 
operated effectively.

Financial instruments
A statement in relation to the financial 
risk management and use of financial 
instruments by the Group is presented in 
note 26 to the financial statements.

Information required  
under the listing rules
In accordance with the UK Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR 
9.8.4C), the information to be included in 
the Annual Report and financial statements, 
where applicable, under LR 9.8.4, is set out 
in this Directors’ Report, with the exception 
of details of transactions with shareholders 
which is set out on page 67.

Going concern
The Directors have carefully considered the 
Group’s net current liabilities position, have 
assessed the Company’s ability to continue 
trading, and have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for at 
least twelve months from the date of this 
report and for the foreseeable future, being 
the period shown in the viability statement 
on page 42. See note 1(a) of the financial 
statements for further details and page 42 
for our viability statement.

47

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Statement on
Corporate Governance

The Board is committed to 
high standards of corporate 
governance and supports the 
UK Corporate Governance 
Code published in 2018. 
The Board sets out its report 
below on how the Group 
has applied the principles of, 
and complied with, the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 
during the year.

Compliance statement
The Company has applied the provisions 
set out in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code throughout the year. The Board is 
committed to maintaining a structure which 
establishes a sound corporate governance 
framework on behalf of the Company’s 
shareholders. Throughout the year, the 
Group has complied with all the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
except for the provision set out below.

In respect of Provision 38 of the Code, 
Executive Directors’ pension contributions 
are in line with the Remuneration Policy 
approved at the AGM in 2022. In 2022, 
Swagatam Mukerji had been receiving a 
pension allowance equivalent to 9% of annual 
salary, the rate at the time of his appointment 
in 2016. After discussion at the beginning of 
2022 the Remuneration Committee agreed 
that this would be adjusted such that from 
1 January 2024 this will be 7% and will be 
reduced by a further 1% a year for each of 
the 2 following years to align his pension 
arrangements with the general workforce at 
5% from 1 January 2026.

The Board
As at 31 December 2023, the Board had 
five Non-Executive Directors and two 
Executive Directors (Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer). Biographies for 
each currently serving Director are shown 
on pages 43 and 44. The Board endeavours 
to maintain diversity in its composition 
with respect to gender, skills, knowledge 
and length of service in order to ensure 
the balanced and effective running of the 
Company. Colin Jones is Chair of the Board 
and was independent on appointment. 
He leads the Board and ensures that both 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
make available sufficient time to carry out 
their duties in an appropriate manner, that 
all Directors receive sufficient financial and 
operational information and that there is 
proper debate at Board meetings.

The Board is responsible for the leadership 
of the Company and the Group, and in 
discharging that responsibility it makes 
decisions objectively and in the best 
interests of the Group and its stakeholders. 
The Section 172 Statement is set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 23 to 26. The 
Board sets the vision, culture, values and 
standards for the Group. The balance of the 
Board, together with the advice sought from 
the Executive Committee members and the 
Company’s external advisors, ensures that 
no one individual has unfettered powers 
of decision. The Board delegates day-to-
day responsibility for the running of the 
Company to the Chief Executive. 

The Chair is responsible for the effective 
performance of the Board through a 
schedule of matters reserved for approval 
by the Board (comprising issues considered 
most significant to the Group in terms of 
financial impact and risk) and control of the 

Board agenda. The Chair conducts Board 
and shareholder meetings and ensures 
that all Directors are properly briefed. The 
Chief Executive, supported by the Chief 
Financial Officer and Executive Committee, 
is responsible to the Board for running 
the business and implementing strategy. 
The Board reviews the performance of the 
Executive Directors and the Group against 
agreed budgets and against the Group’s 
objectives, strategy and values.

The Senior Independent Director is William 
Eccleshare, who is also a member of the 
Remuneration, Audit and Nomination 
Committees. The Company Secretary 
is Helen Silver. The Company Secretary 
assists the Chair in ensuring there is 
efficient communication between all 
Directors, the committees and senior 
management, as well as the professional 
development of Directors. Independent 
advisors including lawyers, remuneration 
specialists and the external auditor are 
available to advise the Non-Executive 
Directors at the Company’s expense. All the 
Non-Executive Directors, apart from Richard 
Staveley, are independent and the Chair 
was independent on appointment. 

Committee meetings are held 
independently of Board meetings and 
invitations to attend are extended by 
the Committee Chair to other Directors, 
the Group’s advisors and management 
as appropriate. The terms of reference 
of the Audit Committee, the Nomination 
Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee, including their roles and the 
authority delegated to them by the Board, 
are available on request from the Company 
Secretary and will be available at the AGM.

Board meetings 
During the year, the membership of the Board and of each committee was as follows:

Colin Jones 

Board Role
Chair

Audit Committee
–

Remuneration Committee
Member

Nomination Committee
Chair

William Eccleshare 

Senior Independent Director

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

Richard Staveley

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield

48

Non–Executive Director

Non–Executive Director

Non–Executive Director

Chief Executive

Chief Financial Officer

Member

Member

Chair

–

–

–

Member

Chair

Member

–

–

–

Member

Member

Member

–

–

–

www.centaurmedia.comThe number of scheduled full Board meetings and committee meetings during the year along with attendance of Directors was as follows:

Number of scheduled meetings held:

Colin Jones

William Eccleshare

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield 

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

Richard Staveley 

Board1

6

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
6

Meetings 
attended
6

Audit
Committee

5

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
_

Remuneration
Committee2

3

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
3

Meetings 
attended
3

Nomination 
Committee

2

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
2

Meetings 
attended
2

Meetings 
attended
_

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

5

–

–

5

5

–

5

–

–

5

5

–

3

–

–

3

3

–

3

–

–

3

3

–

2

–

–

2

2

–

2

–

–

2

2

–

1  Four additional unscheduled Board meetings were held during the year. 

2  One additional unscheduled Remuneration Committee meeting was held during the year.

If a Director is unable to attend a meeting 
he or she is provided with the same level 
of information as the other Directors in 
advance of the meeting and given the 
opportunity to express views, which will 
then be shared at the meeting.

In addition to the key items identified for 
discussion by the Committees above, the 
Board discussed the following matters at 
the Board meetings during the year: 

•  Review of financial performance against 

budget, forecasts and prior year;

•  Review of Centaur’s four-year strategy;

•  Review of dividend policy and 

payments;

•  Return of capital to shareholders;

•  Review and approval of budgets;

•  Review of Group key performance 

indicators;

•  Approval of financial reports and 

communication to shareholders and 
investors; and

•  Approval of the Group’s internal control 
policy, including a robust assessment 
of the principal and emerging risks, 
corporate governance environment 
and environmental issues.

Board assessment and 
Directors’ performance 
evaluation 
The Board undertakes a formal evaluation 
of its own performance and that of its 
committees and individual Directors. 
Individual evaluation aims to show whether 
each Director continues to contribute 
effectively and to demonstrate commitment 
to the role (including commitment of time 
for Board and committee meetings and 
other duties). Evaluations are undertaken 
annually by self-assessment and the Chair’s 
performance is also evaluated by the other 
Non-Executive Directors at a separate 
meeting for this purpose each year. 

In addition, the Chief Executive is subject 
to an annual performance review with the 
Chair. New Directors receive an induction 
programme and all the Directors are 
encouraged to undertake continuous 
professional development programmes 
as appropriate. The Group maintains 
insurance cover in respect of legal action 
against its Directors.

Management structure

The Board delegates the day-to-day 
running of the Company to the Executive 
Directors, who in turn share the operational 
running of the Group with the Executive 
Committee. Throughout the year, the 
Executive Committee was the primary body 
implementing operational management 
across the Group. 

The role of the Executive Committee is to 
review:

• 

Financial performance, the budget and 
forecasts;

•  Human capital management and 

resource allocation including capital 
expenditure; 

•  Operational efficiency and 

developments (including Group IT, 
procurement and facilities);

•  Product development; 

•  Market development;

•  Business continuity planning;

• 

Internal and external communications;

•  Business transformation and change 

management; and

•  Acquisition and disposal plans.

The biographies of the members of the 
Executive Committee are set out on  
page 45.

49

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Statement on 
Corporate Governance
CONTINUED

Relations with shareholders

The Company encourages meaningful 
dialogue with all stakeholders. Shareholder 
communication centres primarily on the 
publication of annual reports, periodic 
press releases, investor presentations, 
analyst research on Centaur’s website and 
trading updates. The Chair and Executive 
Directors are available for discussions 
with shareholders throughout the year 
and particularly around the time of results 
announcements. During the year, meetings 
were held with major shareholders 
following the preliminary results in March 
and the interim results in July.

The Senior Independent Director is also 
available should any shareholder wish 
to draw any matters to his attention. 
The Directors are available for comment 
throughout the year and at all General 
Meetings of the Company. Centaur 
values the views of its shareholders 
and recognises their interest in the 
Company’s strategy and performance, 
Board membership and quality of 
management. The Group therefore has 
an active programme to meet and make 
presentations to its current and potential 
shareholders to discuss its objectives. 
More details on engagement with our 
stakeholders are set out in the Section 172 
Statement in the Strategic Report on  
pages 23 to 26. 

Investors are encouraged to attend the 
AGM and to participate in proceedings 
formally or sharing their views with Board 
members informally after the meeting. The 
Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees are available to 
answer questions. Separate resolutions are 

proposed on each issue so that they can 
be given proper consideration and there is 
a resolution to approve the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements. Consistent with 
last year’s AGM, shareholders will be given 
the opportunity to email questions to the 
Board prior to the AGM in 2024.

The Company counts all proxy votes and 
indicates the level of proxies lodged on 
each resolution, after it has been voted on 
by a show of hands. All shareholders can 
gain access to the annual reports, trading 
updates, announcements, research, press 
releases and other information about the 
Company through the Company’s website, 
www.centaurmedia.com.

Risk assessment
Risks that affect or may affect the 
business are identified and assessed, 
and appropriate controls and systems 
implemented to ensure that the risk is 
managed. The Group’s risk register is 
kept by the Company Secretary with input 
from the Executive Committee and Head 
of Legal and is reviewed by the Audit 
Committee regularly with appropriate 
mitigation actions also being reported to 
and overseen by the Audit Committee.

Principal and emerging risks 
The principal and emerging risks facing the 
Group, with associated mitigating controls, 
are detailed on pages 38 to 41 within the 
Strategic Report.

Ethics
The Group carries out its business in a 
fair, honest and open manner, ensuring 
that it complies with all relevant laws and 
regulations. The Company has specific 

policies on fraud, Director conflict, bribery, 
whistleblowing and slavery and human 
trafficking, which are widely distributed 
and compliance with these policies is 
monitored. The HR team ensures that new 
job opportunities are made available to 
existing employees as well as to outside 
applicants and that all employees are 
able to benefit from training, career 
development and promotion opportunities 
where appropriate. The recruitment of new 
personnel is made without prejudice and 
the Group believes in equal opportunity 
and encourages diversity. The analysis 
of the Group’s workforce and Board by 
gender is set out in the Environmental, 
Social and Governance Report on page 37.

Through all our interactions with our 
customers and partners we ensure that we 
treat them fairly and openly while abiding 
by the terms of contracts and relevant law. 
Equally, we treat our suppliers fairly, and 
do not exploit them or their employees, 
including the objective of paying all 
suppliers within the agreed payment terms.

Monitoring of controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk 
management and internal controls, and 
these are regularly monitored by the Audit 
Committee. 

Details of the activities of the Audit 
Committee in this financial year can be 
found in the Audit Committee Report on 
pages 52 to 54.

50

www.centaurmedia.comstatement for the purposes of section 
54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 is 
available on the Company’s website, www.
centaurmedia.com. The Group has in 
place an anti-slavery and human trafficking 
policy which has been made available to 
employees on the Company’s intranet and 
is notified to all new joiners. Training has 
been provided to key employees and the 
policy is communicated to suppliers and 
other third parties where appropriate. 

Capital structure
Information on the share capital structure  
is included in the Directors’ Report on  
page 46.

Approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed by order of the Board. 

HELEN SILVER
Company Secretary

12 March 2024

Greenhouse gas emissions

The disclosure in respect of the 
greenhouse gas emissions of the Group 
in tonnes of carbon dioxide is set out in 
the Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report on page 34.

Fraud

While the Group cannot guarantee to 
prevent fraud, an internal control framework 
is in place to reduce the likelihood of 
fraud arising. The Group’s whistleblowing 
policy is available to employees on the 
Company’s intranet, should any employee 
become aware of any incidence of fraud.

Directors’ conflicts
Group and subsidiary Directors are 
required to notify their employing company 
of all directorships they hold. Annual 
conflict of interest disclosures require 
them to disclose such directorships or 
other relationships, which they or a person 
connected to them may hold. Richard 
Staveley represents significant shareholder 
interests as an adviser to Harwood Capital 
and when appropriate will recuse himself 
from Board discussions if there is the 
possibility of a conflict. These are reviewed 
by the Board to assess the impact on the 
Company and whether it would impair the 
Group’s objectives.

what is considered a bribe or facilitation 
payment, which are prohibited, and 
provides guidance over the levels of 
gifts, entertainment and hospitality that 
are considered reasonable. Training is 
mandatory for all employees. During 2023, 
an online training programme was made 
available to all employees. The Group’s 
policy is communicated to all appropriate 
third parties. The more rigorous processes 
around declaring Directors’ interests 
and identifying potential conflicts have 
improved the regular monitoring of the 
Group’s policy.

Whistleblowing

The Company is committed to the highest 
standards of integrity and honesty. Along 
with other policies which encourage this 
behaviour, the Group’s whistleblowing 
policy is available to employees on 
the Company’s intranet. This policy 
allows all employees to disclose openly, 
in confidence or anonymously, any 
concerns they may have about possible 
improper practices, in financial or other 
matters. An escalation process has been 
communicated to employees. Any matters 
raised will be investigated and resolved. 
The Audit Committee will be notified of 
any issues raised through this process 
and appropriate action taken. However, no 
incidents were noted during the year.

Bribery Act 2010
In response to the Bribery Act 2010, 
the Board performed a risk assessment 
across the Group and formalised its policy 
to prevent bribery. The Board has in 
place processes to prevent corruption or 
unethical behaviour. The policy explains 

Modern Slavery Act 2015
The Company is committed to 
implementing and enforcing effective 
systems and controls to ensure modern 
slavery is not taking place anywhere in its 
business or in any of its supply chains. The 
Company’s slavery and human trafficking 

51

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAudit Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the 
report of the Audit Committee 
(‘the Committee’) for the year 
ended 31 December 2023. 
This report details the Audit 
Committee’s responsibilities 
and key activities over the 
period. 

The role of the Committee is to protect 
the interests of shareholders regarding 
the integrity of financial information 
published by the Group and to oversee the 
effectiveness of the external audit. It does 
this through reviewing and reporting to the 
Board on the Group’s financial reporting, 
internal controls and risk management 
processes and the performance, 
independence and effectiveness of the  
external auditor.

Following the appointment of Crowe U.K. 
LLP as auditor for the 2020 audit, they 
have continued in office and provide their 
audit report on 2023 on pages 72 to 75. 

Committee composition
The Audit Committee comprises Carol 
Hosey, William Eccleshare and myself. 
Our biographies are shown on pages 43 
to 44. The membership of the Committee 
is balanced and is considered to contain 
the appropriate combination of recent, 
relevant financial experience through the 
Chair, as well as competence relevant 
to the sector. The Executive Directors, 
representatives of the external auditor 
and other Group executives regularly 
attend meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee. The Committee met five times 
during the year with attendance as shown 
in the Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance. Meetings are held throughout 
the year and timed to align with the overall 
financial reporting timetable. At least once 
during the year, the Committee meets 
separately with the external auditor without 
management and as Chair I am in regular 
direct contact with the external auditor and 
with the Chief Financial Officer. 

Roles and responsibilities
The main roles and responsibilities of the 
Audit Committee are to:

•  Monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Group and any 
formal public announcements relating 
to the Group’s financial performance, 
reviewing (and approving) significant 
financial reporting judgements 
contained in them;

•  Review and monitor the external 

auditor’s independence and objectivity 
and the effectiveness of the audit 
process, taking into consideration 
relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements;

•  Review and assess the Annual Report 
in order to determine that it can advise 
the Board that, taken as a whole, 
the Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides 
shareholders with the information they 
need to assess the Group’s position 
and performance, business model and 
strategy as required by provision 27 of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code;

•  Make recommendations to the Board in 

relation to the appointment and terms 
of engagement of the external auditor 
and to review and approve levels of 
audit and non-audit remuneration;

•  Develop and implement policy on the 
engagement of the external auditor to 
supply non-audit services;

•  Review the effectiveness of the 

Group’s internal financial control and 
risk management systems including 
a bi-annual review of the Group’s risk 
register;

•  Review the Group’s financial and 

operational policies and procedures 
to ensure they remain effective and 
relevant;

•  Consider annually whether there is a 

need for an internal audit function and 
make a recommendation to the Board 
(see section below);

•  Oversee the whistleblowing 

arrangements of the Group and 
to ensure they are operating 
effectively; and

•  Report to the Board on how it has 
discharged its responsibilities.

Activities of the Committee 
during the year 
During the year and up until the date of this 
report, the Audit Committee undertook the 
following activities to ensure the integrity of 
the Group’s financial statements and formal 
announcements:

•  Regularly met with management and 
the Chief Financial Officer to discuss 
the results and performance of the 
business;

•  Received reports from management 
on the internal controls covering the 
financial reporting process and on data 
compliance matters;

•  Reviewed forecasts relating to the 

interim and final ordinary dividends and 
the special dividends;

•  Reviewed and agreed the external 

auditor’s strategy in advance of their 
audit for the year; 

•  Reviewed and agreed reappointment 
and remuneration of the external 
auditor;

•  Reviewed compliance with 

requirements under the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, and in particular 
its impact on the Strategic Report, 
Viability Statement and going concern 
assessment;

•  Discussed the report received from 
the external auditor regarding their 
audit in respect of the prior year, which 
included comments on significant 
financial reporting judgements and 
their findings on internal controls; 

•  Met with other management personnel; 

•  Reviewed and discussed with 

management and the Chief Financial 
Officer each financial reporting 
announcement made by the 
Group; and

•  Reviewed compliance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards.

The most significant financial reporting 
judgements and estimates considered by 
the Audit Committee and discussed with 
the external auditor during the year were 
as follows:

52

www.centaurmedia.comCarrying value of goodwill, 
intangible assets and 
investments

The Committee has reviewed 
management’s assessment of the 
recoverability of the Group’s goodwill and 
intangible assets at 31 December 2023 and 
whether there is a need for any resulting 
impairment. The recoverable amount of 
goodwill has been determined through 
value-in-use calculations of each cash-
generating unit (‘CGU’) based on Board 
approved forecasts for the first four years of 
the value-in-use calculation and applying a 
terminal growth rate of 2.5%. Management’s 
assessment of the recoverability of the 
Group’s goodwill and intangible assets 
resulted in no impairment being recognised. 

The Committee paid particular attention 
to the judgements and assumptions 
used to forecast cash flows, particularly 
around revenue and adjusted EBITDA 
growth rates. The Committee was satisfied 
that the forecasts reflect the CGUs’ 
historical budgeting performance and that 
reasonable sensitivities were performed, 
that the value-in-use calculation reflects 
management’s best estimate, and that 
the booking of no impairment against any 
CGU is appropriate. As a result, the Audit 
Committee was satisfied with the carrying 
value of goodwill and intangible assets in 
the Group’s balance sheet.

Further details on goodwill and the 
impairment testing are included in note 10 
to the financial statements.

Adjusting items
Adjusting items in 2023 comprise the 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
share-based payments, exceptional 
operating costs relating to restructuring and 
loss on disposal of assets. The Committee 
is satisfied that it is appropriate to present 
these items as adjusting items on the basis 
that they assist the user in assessing the 
core operating performance of the Group. 

The Committee assesses the 
appropriateness of all alternative 
performance measures disclosed as 
adjusting and the impact these have on the 
presentation of the Group’s results and is 
satisfied that they do not inappropriately 
replace or obscure IFRS measures. Further 
details on adjusting items are included in 
notes 1(b) and 4 to the financial statements.

Discontinued operations
The Committee assessed the 
appropriateness of classifying Really 
B2B and Design Week as discontinued 
operations under IFRS 5 ‘Discontinued 
operations’ and the associated accounting 
disclosures. The Committee is satisfied that 
this treatment is appropriate. Further details 
on discontinued operations are included in 
note 8 to the financial statements.

New accounting standards
No new accounting standards were 
introduced during the year. As a premium-
listed company, Centaur was already 
required to disclose climate-related financial 
disclosures since its 2021 Annual Report.

Going concern and viability
The Audit Committee received a report 
setting out the going concern review 
undertaken by management which forms 
the basis of the Board’s going concern 
conclusion. 

The Group reported revenue of £37.3m for 
2023, a reduction of 3% from £38.4m in 
2022. Adjusted profit before tax increased 
by 57% to £7.6m arising from tight control 
over the Group’s operating costs and 
operational leverage. The Group’s cash 
generation remained strong resulting from 
an increase in adjusted EBITDA of 20% 
to £9.7m, however after paying out £8.9m 
of special and ordinary dividends during 
the year, resulting net cash1 decreased to 
£9.5m at the end of 2023 (2022: £16.0m). 

The Committee has reviewed forecasts to 
cover the twelve months from signature 
date based on the Group’s four-year 
plan strategy with downside scenarios 
explored. The Committee has also taken 
into consideration the dividends paid and 
recommended to be paid after the end 
of the year and the £10m revolving credit 
facility with NatWest. The Committee has 
concluded that the adoption of the going 
concern basis is appropriate. 

The Committee has also assessed the 
statement in relation to the longer-term 
viability of the Group and of the Group’s 
principal risks to viability, including 
reviewing the long-term financial projections 
for the period over which the statement 
is made, and reviewing qualitative and 
quantitative analysis and scenario testing 
prepared by management. The Committee 
concluded that the statement in relation to 
the longer-term viability of the Group in the 
Strategic Report is appropriate.

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and 

short-term deposits.

53

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAudit Committee Report
CONTINUED

Risk management

The Group’s management is responsible 
for the identification, assessment and 
management of risk and emerging risk, 
as well as for designing and operating the 
system of internal control as set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 38 to 41. The 
Committee has assessed management’s 
identification of risk and concluded that 
appropriate mitigating actions are being 
taken. The auditor has also detailed certain 
risks in their report and set out the work 
performed to satisfy themselves that 
these have been properly reflected in the 
financial statements. The Committee has 
worked closely with management and 
received detailed information to assess the 
effectiveness of internal financial control and 
risk assessment and management systems, 
and report on them to the Board (which 
retains ultimate responsibility). Details of 
financial risks are set out in note 26.

Having monitored the Group’s risk 
management and internal control system, 
and having reviewed the effectiveness 
of material controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls, the 
Committee confirms on behalf of the Board 
that it has not identified any significant 
control failings or weaknesses at any time 
during the year and to the date of this report.

Risk of fraud 
The Committee considered the risk of 
fraudulent financial reporting in the business 
and through its review of the effectiveness 
of internal controls and reporting from 
management has concluded that adequate 
controls were in place during the year.

Whistleblowing
The Committee reviewed the Group’s 
whistleblowing policy and is satisfied that 
this has met FCA rules and good standards 
of corporate governance. Further details of 
the whistleblowing policy are set out within 
the Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance on page 51.

Internal controls and 
internal audit
The Committee considered whether it was 
appropriate to appoint internal auditors 
and concluded that this is not currently 
required given the size of the business, its 
relatively centralised operations and the 
risks identified together with the mitigating 
controls. During the year the CFO provides 
a report on the significant internal controls 
operating within the business and notes any 
weaknesses identified during the period 
together with appropriate mitigations. In 
addition, the external auditor as part of the 
audit procedures considers and evaluates 
the adequacy of the Group’s systems and 
controls relevant to the financial statements. 
The auditor reviews the key cycle 
processes and assesses the design and 
implementation of controls. Any weaknesses 
arising from this review are reported to 
management who identify solutions or 
mitigations. The associated weakness and 
recommendations are discussed with the 
Audit Committee to ensure that appropriate 
actions are undertaken in order to deliver a 
satisfactory resolution.

External audit
The Group’s external auditor is Crowe U.K. 
LLP (Crowe) who were appointed as auditor 
in November 2020 following a competitive 
tender. The Committee monitors the 
external audit process to ensure high 
standards of quality and effectiveness. 

This was assessed throughout the year 
using a number of measures, including:

•  Reviewing the quality and scope of 
planning of the audit and the level 
of fees;

•  Monitoring the independence and 
transparency of the audit; and

•  Obtaining feedback from management 

and the Directors on the quality 
of the audit team, their business 
understanding and audit approach, and 
approving reappointment.

The Audit Committee has considered 
the independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor through a careful review of 
their terms of engagement, scope of work 
and level of fees (which are shown in  
note 3 to the financial statements). 

The external auditor is excluded from 
providing any non-audit services that 
individually, or in aggregate, may impair the 
independence of the auditor. Prior approval 
from the Audit Committee is required 
for any permitted audit-related or other 
services in accordance with the regulations.

During the year, Crowe provided no 
services to the Group other than audit and 
audit-related (interim review) services.

The external auditor’s report to the Directors 
and the Audit Committee also confirmed 
their independence in accordance with 
auditing standards and the Committee 
concurred. Should non-audit services be 
required in the forthcoming year, we are 
likely to use suppliers other than Crowe.

Self-assessment
During the period the Audit Committee 
performed a formal, questionnaire based 
self-assessment, the results of which 
confirmed that the Committee continued to 
function effectively.

Report to the Board
The Board has requested the Committee 
to confirm that in its opinion the Board 
can make the required statement that the 
Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 
The Committee has given this confirmation 
on the basis of its review of the whole 
Annual Report, underpinned by involvement 
in the planning for its preparation, review 
of the processes to ensure the accuracy of 
factual content and by assurances from the 
Remuneration Committee.

Independent auditor
A resolution is to be proposed at the 
Annual General Meeting for the re-
appointment of Crowe as auditor of the 
Company.

LESLIE-ANN REED
Chair of the Audit Committee

12 March 2024

54

www.centaurmedia.comNomination Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the 
report of the Nomination 
Committee for the year 
ended 31 December 2023. 
This report details the 
Committee’s responsibilities 
and key activities over the 
period. The Committee 
comprises myself and 
the three independent 
Non-Executive Directors: 
William Eccleshare (Senior 
Independent Director), Carol 
Hosey and Leslie-Ann Reed. 

Nomination Committee 
responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities 
include:

Activities during the year
The main areas of focus for the Committee 
during the year were:

•  A continued review of succession 

•  Reviewing the Board’s structure, size, 

composition and diversity;

•  Reviewing the composition of Board 

Committees;

•  Defining the role and competencies 

• 

required for appointments to the Board;

•  Managing succession planning for 

all members of the Board and senior 
management team;

• 

Identifying, nominating and reviewing 
candidates for appointment to the 
Board; and

•  Reviewing the leadership needs of the 

organisation, including Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors as well as 
senior management.

planning in general and how it will be 
taken into consideration in relation to 
the compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R 
below; and 

The appointment of Nicola Moretti as 
Chief People Officer and member of 
the Executive Committee to replace 
Jacquie MacKenzie on her retirement. 

DICE continues to play an integral role in 
supporting engagement with our workforce 
on Diversity, Inclusion, Culture and 
Engagement and regularly reports to the 
Board on its activities.

Diversity and Inclusion – Compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R
The gender identity of the Board and the Executive Committee at 31 December 2023 and the date of this report is as follows:

Men

Women

Board members

Percentage of 
Board

Number of 
senior positions 
on Board

Executive 
Committee 
members

Percentage 
of Executive 
Committee

5

2

71%

29%

4

–

4

2

67%

33%

Centaur does not currently comply with the requirements that at least 40% of the Board are women and at least one of the senior board 
positions of Chair, Senior Independent Director, CEO or CFO is held by a woman.

However, Centaur is a small-cap Company with a small, effective Board and the Committee is committed that in due course, when any 
of the senior Directors retires from the Board, it will look to appoint a Director that fulfils the targets set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6R(9) on 
diversity into one of the senior positions. 

The ethnic background of the Board and the Executive Committee at 31 December 2023 and the date of this report is as follows:

White British

Asian British

Board members

Percentage of 
Board

Number of 
senior positions 
on Board

Executive 
Committee 
members

Percentage 
of Executive 
Committee

6

1

86%

14%

3

1

5

1

83%

17%

I am pleased to note that Centaur already complies with the target set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6R(10) that at least one member of the board 
is from a non-White ethnic minority background. That person is our CEO. The data was collected from each Director as they are all based 
in the UK.

Our policy on Board diversity is set out in the Directors’ Report and further details of diversity/gender in the Company are set out in the 
Environmental, Social and Governance Statement on pages 36 to 37.

COLIN JONES 
Chair of the Nomination Committee

12 March 2024

55

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
On behalf of the Board, I 
am pleased to present the 
Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the year ended 
31 December 2023. This 
report is in three parts: (i) 
this Annual Statement; (ii) 
the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy Report, which sets 
out the Remuneration Policy 
approved by shareholders 
at the 2022 AGM; and 
(iii) the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. 

2023 has once again provided us with a 
challenging economy. The management 
team has continued to demonstrate 
considerable ingenuity and resilience 
in its response to changes in customer 
purchasing behaviour, which has slowed 
in line with economic uncertainty. 
Despite this the team, led by Swagatam 
Mukerji and Simon Longfield, has 
delivered a strong business performance 
and is looking forward to the further 
development of the business with a new 
strategic plan for the next 4 years.

Across the broader team, pay rises 
in October 2022 will have had some 
continuing benefit and this was followed 
by an average 5% pay rise for eligible 
employees (excluding the CSG and Exco), 
effective from 1 April 2023. Employees 
also retain a generous benefits package 
including pension, Medicash, life 
assurance, a wellness day off, 25 to 30 
days holiday (increasing with service), and 
access to an electric vehicle scheme and 
an Employee Assistance Programme.

Whilst it was anticipated that the Exco/
Directors would receive a 5% pay rise, 
effective 1 April 2023, as reported in the 
2022 Annual Report, the decision was 
taken on commercial grounds to make 
reduced awards of 2.5% to members of the 
CSG and to remove pay awards, altogether, 
for the Exco, Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors.

Performance of the Group over this last year 
shows a change in behaviour amongst our 
customers; greater time and consideration 
is being given to contracts and their 
expenditure and Centaur is responding 
to this change dynamically to ensure it is 
equipped to meet these future challenges. 
Whilst it has been challenging, we have 
seen a positive financial performance in 
2023 and this will be reflected in the 2023 
annual bonus and 2021 LTIP award vesting 
levels as detailed below.

Committee membership 
and work of the Committee 
during the year
During the year, Centaur’s Remuneration 
Committee comprised myself, Colin Jones, 
William Eccleshare and Leslie-Ann Reed. 
The Committee had three scheduled 
meetings during 2023 and met one further 
time. The main Committee activities during 
the year (full details of which are set out in 
the relevant sections of this report) included:

•  Agreeing Executive Director base 
salary levels from 1 April 2023;

•  Agreeing the performance against the 
targets for the 2022 annual bonus;

•  Agreeing the targets for the 2023 

annual bonus plan;

•  Agreeing the award levels and 

performance targets for the 2023 LTIP 
awards; 

•  Reviewing the Company’s share 
dilution capacity for LTIP awards;

•  Reviewing and setting remuneration for 
the Directors and Executive Committee;

•  Reviewing workforce remuneration and 

alignment of workforce incentives and 
rewards; and

•  Reviewing gender pay numbers and 

disclosures and the CEO Pay Ratio 
requirements.

In addition, the Committee has considered 
how the Policy and practices are consistent 
with the six factors set out in Provision 40 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code:

•  Clarity – our Policy (approved by 

shareholders in 2022) is understood 
by our senior executive team and 
has been clearly articulated to our 
shareholders and representative 
bodies (both on an ongoing basis and 
when changes are proposed).

•  Simplicity – the Committee is mindful 

of the need to avoid overly complex 
remuneration structures which can be 
misunderstood and deliver unintended 
outcomes. Therefore, a key objective 
of the Committee is to ensure that 
our executive remuneration policies 
and practices are straightforward to 
communicate and operate.

•  Risk – our Policy has been designed to 
ensure that inappropriate risk-taking is 
discouraged and will not be rewarded 
via: (i) the balanced use of annual and 
long-term pay with a blend of financial, 
non-financial and shareholder return 
targets; (ii) the significant role played 
by equity in our incentive plans; and (iii) 
malus/clawback provisions.

•  Predictability – our incentive plans are 
subject to individual caps and our share 
plans are subject to market standard 
dilution limits.

56

www.centaurmedia.com•  Proportionality – there is a clear link 

between individual awards, delivery of 
strategy and long-term performance. 
In addition, the significant role played 
by incentive/‘at-risk’ pay, together with 
the structure of the Executive Directors’ 
service contracts, ensures that poor 
performance is not rewarded.

•  Alignment to culture – our executive 
pay policies are aligned to our culture 
through the use of metrics in our 
incentive plans.

Performance and reward in 
respect of 2023
The Group saw good year on year 
growth in both adjusted EBITDA and 
adjusted EBITDA margin with revenue on 
a continuing basis only 3% below 2022 
due to a decline in non-strategic revenue. 
It delivered a 20% increase in adjusted 
EBITDA to £9.7m for the year generated 
at a margin of 26% reflecting the ongoing 
focus on higher quality revenue streams 
and the operational leverage inherent 
within the Group. Despite the uncertain 
macroeconomic backdrop and sector-wide 
challenges, this growth in adjusted EBITDA 
margin exceeds Centaur’s profitability 
target, set 3 years ago in line with its 
Margin Acceleration Plan 2023. 

Reflecting this performance, the annual 
bonus awards for 2023 were 53% of 
salary (53% of max) for Swagatam Mukerji 
and 53% of salary (53% of max) for Simon 
Longfield as a result of adjusted EBITDA 
performance being between the threshold 
and maximum, revenue performance 
being below threshold and the partial 
achievement of personal objectives.

In relation to the 2020 LTIP awards granted 
to both Swagatam Mukerji and Simon 
Longfield on 30 June 2020 these vested 
at 100% on 30 June 2023.The Committee 

considered the extent to which there had 
been a windfall gain, agreeing that no such 
gain had been made as the Committee had 
already sought to address any potential 
windfall risk by reducing the award level 
at the date of grant (awards were reduced 
from 100% to 75% of salary). 

The 2021 LTIP is due to vest at 100% on 
25 March 2024 as a result of the adjusted 
EBITDA margin, EPS and relative TSR 
targets being met in full. Once again, the 
committee has taken the opportunity to 
consider if there has been a windfall gain 
on the vesting of this award. It was agreed 
that the Executives would not unduly 
benefit from the Plan as the share price 
at date of vesting was only marginally 
above the share price at the date of grant 
and the vesting of the Plan appropriately 
reflects the underlying performance of the 
Company, over the period of the Plan.

Further details of the annual bonus award 
and vesting of the 2020 and 2021 LTIP 
awards are presented in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Implementing the 
Remuneration Policy  
for 2024
• 

The base salaries of the Executive 
Directors are expected to increase 
on 1 April 2024 by 3% in line with the 
proposed general workforce increases 
of 3%. This will take Swagatam 
Mukerji’s salary from £336,200 to 
£346,300 and Simon Longfield’s salary 
from £200,000 to £206,000.  It should 
be noted that Executive Directors did 
not take a salary increase in 2023 for 
commercial reasons, although at the 
time of preparing the 2022 Annual 
Report a 5% rise had been envisaged 
and was therefore disclosed. 

•  Simon Longfield will continue to 

receive a pension allowance equivalent 
to 5% of salary, in line with the 
pension arrangements for the general 
workforce. Swagatam Mukerji will 
receive a pension allowance equivalent 
to 7% of salary (reducing by 1% of salary 
each year such that it will be 5% of 
salary from 1 January 2026). 

The maximum annual bonus for 
Executive Directors will continue to be 
set at 100% of salary. The majority of 
bonus potential (80%) will be measured 
against financial-based targets with a 
minority (20%) based on strategic and 
personal objectives that incorporates 
ESG objectives. Any annual bonus 
greater than 75% of salary will be 
deferred into shares for three years.

LTIP awards are expected to be 
granted in line with limits set out in 
the directors’ remuneration policy. 
Performance targets are expected 
to be based one-third on adjusted 
EBITDA performance, one-third on 
adjusted Basic EPS and one-third on 
relative TSR.

• 

• 

AGM approvals
At the 2024 AGM, there will be an advisory 
resolution on the Annual Statement and 
Annual Report on Remuneration for the 
year ended 31 December 2023. I hope we 
continue to receive your support.

CAROL HOSEY
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

12 March 2024

57

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the 
Policy) approved by shareholders at the 
2022 AGM is set out below. 

Policy scope
The Policy applies to the Chair, Executive 
Directors and Non-Executive Directors.

Policy duration
The current Remuneration Policy was 
passed by a binding shareholder vote at 
the Company’s AGM held on 11 May 2022 
and became effective from the date of that 
meeting. The policy takes into account the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code which became effective from 1 
January 2019, and other good practice 
guidelines from institutional shareholder 
and shareholder bodies. The Committee’s 
current intention is that the Policy will be 
operated for the three years until the 2025 
AGM. All payments to Directors during the 
policy period will be consistent with the 
approved policy.

Overview of  
Remuneration Policy
Centaur recognises the need to attract, 
retain and incentivise executives with the 
appropriate skills and talent to manage and 
develop the Group’s businesses, drive the 
Group’s strategy and deliver shareholder 

value. The main principles of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy are:

• 

• 

• 

To achieve total remuneration 
packages that are competitive in the 
sector within which the Group operates 
and with the market in general; 

To provide an appropriate balance 
between fixed and variable 
remuneration which rewards high 
levels of performance whilst managing 
risk to the business; and 

To incentivise and retain management 
and to align their interests with those of 
shareholders.

Considerations of 
employment conditions 
elsewhere in the Group
The Committee considers the base salary 
increases and remuneration policies and 
practice more generally for all employees 
when determining the annual salary 
increases and remuneration policy for the 
Executive Directors. Employees are given 
the opportunity to provide feedback to 
management and the Board throughout 
the year on various matters, including 
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, via 
a number of different communication 
channels that have been established at the 
Company. 

Consideration of 
shareholder views
The Committee considers shareholder 
feedback received in relation to the 
Annual Report and AGM each year. This 
feedback, plus any additional feedback 
received during the course of the year, is 
then considered as part of the Company’s 
annual review of its Remuneration Policy. 
In addition, the Committee will seek to 
engage directly with major shareholders 
and their representative bodies should any 
material changes be made to the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy. Details of votes for 
and against the resolution to approve last 
year’s Remuneration Report and the 2022 
Remuneration Policy are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

The table below sets out the Remuneration 
Policy approved by shareholders at the 
2022 AGM. 

Note that payments may be made under 
arrangements in place under a previous 
policy (including pension, other benefits 
and incentives). 

The remuneration offered to employees of 
the Group will be adapted to reflect local 
market practice and seniority.

Performance targets  
and recovery provisions

Not applicable

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum

Base 
salary

Reflects the value of the 
individual and their role

Reviewed annually, normally 
effective 1 April

Reflects skills and experience 
over time

Provides an appropriate level 
of basic fixed income avoiding 
excessive risk arising from over 
reliance on variable income

Paid in cash on a monthly basis 

Pensionable

Benchmarked against companies 
with similar characteristics and 
sector comparators

The Committee has not set 
a maximum level of salary. 
Increases will be set in the 
context of salary increases 
amongst the wider work force

The Committee retains the 
discretion to make increases 
above this level in certain 
circumstances, for example, but 
not limited to:

•  An increase in the individual’s 
scope and responsibilities

•  Alignment to the 

external market

•  An increase to reflect an 

individual’s performance and 
development in the role, e.g. 
where a new appointment 
is recruited at a lower salary 
level and is awarded stepped 
increases

58

www.centaurmedia.comElement

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum

Annual 
bonus

Incentivises annual delivery of 
financial and strategic goals

Maximum bonus only payable for 
achieving demanding targets

Long term 
incentives

Aligns to main strategic 
objectives of delivering profit 
growth and shareholder return

Targets reviewed annually

100% of salary

Not pensionable

Deferral of any bonus over 75% 
of base salary into shares for 
three years

Dividend equivalents may be 
payable on deferred share 
awards

Annual grant of conditional 
awards or nil cost options 

A two-year holding period post 
vesting applies for LTIPs granted 
after May 2019

Dividend equivalents may be 
payable on shares to the extent 
awards vest

Awards capped at 100% of 
salary (200% in exceptional 
circumstances)

Performance targets  
and recovery provisions

Normally measured 
over a one-year 
performance period

Primarily based on 
Group’s annual financial 
performance (majority) 

Personal and/or 
strategic objectives 
(minority)

Malus and clawback 
provisions apply

Normally a three-year 
performance period

Performance is based 
on financial and/or 
share price-based 
and/or strategic/ESG 
measures (e.g. EPS and 
relative TSR)

The Committee may 
alter the weighting and 
targets for each grant 
annually if it determines 
that it is appropriate to 
do so

Awards vest as follows:

• 

Threshold 
performance: up to 
25% of award

•  Maximum 

performance: up to 
100% of award

•  Malus and 
clawback 
provisions apply 

59

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum

Pension

Provides competitive retirement 
benefits

Provides an opportunity for 
Executive Directors to contribute 
to their own retirement plan

Aids retention and recruitment

Other 
benefits

Defined contributions made to 
the Executive Director’s own 
pension plan. Cash alternatives 
may also be paid in full or in part

Workforce aligned for the CFO 
and any new Executive Director. 
The CEO’s pension provision 
will be workforce aligned by 1 
January 2026

Executive Directors are provided 
with private medical insurance

Other benefits including company 
car allowance and car parking 
may be provided if considered 
appropriate by the Committee

There is no maximum. Set at 
a level which the Committee 
considers is appropriate in the 
context of the circumstances 
of the role/individual and local 
market practice

Performance targets  
and recovery provisions

Not applicable

Not applicable

Share 
ownership

To provide alignment of interests 
between Executive Directors and 
shareholders

In employment:

200% of salary

Not applicable

50% of the net of tax vested LTIP 
shares required to be retained 
until the guideline is met

Post employment:

100% of the in-employment 
guideline (or actual shareholding 
if lower) for two years post 
cessation of employment 
excluding: (i) own shares 
purchased; and (ii) shares vesting 
from any share award granted 
prior to the 2022 AGM

Notes

1  The Annual Report on Remuneration sets out how the Company implemented and applied the Policy presented above in 2023 and how it will apply the Policy in 2024.

2  Not all employees have a bonus opportunity. Below Executive Director level bonus opportunities are lower and participation in the LTIP is limited to Executive Directors and certain 

selected senior managers. Other employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s all employee share plan. In general, these differences arise to ensure remuneration 
arrangements are competitive in the market, together with the fact that remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior executives typically has a greater emphasis on 
performance related pay. All bonus plans are discretionary. 

3  The choice of performance metrics applicable to the annual bonus plan reflect the Committee’s belief that any incentive compensation should be appropriately challenging and 

primarily tied to financial measures.

4  The EBITDA, EPS and TSR performance conditions applicable to the 2023 LTIP awards were selected by the Committee on the basis that they are consistent with rewarding the 

delivery of long-term returns to shareholders and the Group’s financial growth.

5  Executive Directors may participate in any all-employee share plan, in line with HMRC limits, and to the extent offered.

6  Post cessation guidelines will be operated on a self-certification basis during the two-year period post cessation. 

Malus and clawback
The current malus (prior to vesting) and clawback (within 3 years of vesting) triggers include misstatement of results, error and gross 
misconduct. In addition, reputational damage (or potential reputational damage, if it were made public) and insolvency event/corporate 
failure will also apply to the 2024 annual bonus (and any deferred bonus award granted in 2025 in respect of a 2024 bonus) and the 
2024 LTIP grant.

60

www.centaurmedia.comReward scenarios
Based on base salaries as at 1 April 2024, minimum, on-target (50% of incentive potential assumed) and maximum reward scenarios are 
shown below. In addition, the maximum scenario assuming a 50% share price growth is also shown.

£1,241

14%

£1,067

32%

28%

32%

28%

£721

24%

24%

£375

£1,250

£1,000

£750

£500

£250

£734

14%

£631

33%

28%

33%

28%

£425

24%

24%

£219

100%

52%

35%

30%

100%

52%

34%

30%

£0

Mimimum

On-target Maximum Maximum
with share
price growth

Mimimum On-target Maximum Maximum
with share
price growth

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Fixed pay     

Annual bonus     

Long-term incentive     

Share price growth

The amount may be paid in one lump sum 
or in two instalments and mitigation will 
be applied to the second instalment. If 
termination is within six months of a change 
of control, a payment equal to 12 months’ 
salary, pension and accrued holiday pay is 
payable. Where the Company terminates 
the contract in any other manner, any 
damages shall be calculated in accordance 
with common law principles including 
those relating to mitigation of loss. 
Notwithstanding the above, the Company 
is entitled to terminate employment without 
compensation, damages or payment in lieu 
of notice in specified circumstances (e.g. 
serious misconduct).

Approach to recruitment 
and promotions
The remuneration package for a 
new Executive Director would be 
set in accordance with the terms of 
the Company’s prevailing approved 
remuneration policy at the time of 
appointment and would take into account 
the skills and experience of the individual, 
the market rate for a candidate of that 
experience and the importance of securing 
the relevant individual. 

On recruitment, salary may (but need 
not necessarily) be set below the normal 
market rate, with phased increases as 
the executive gains experience. Pension 
provision will be aligned to that provided 
to the general workforce. Incentive awards 
would be no more than set out in the Policy 
table above. In addition, on recruitment the 
Company may compensate for amounts 
foregone from a previous employer (using 
Listing Rule 9.4.2 if necessary) taking into 
account the quantum foregone and, as far 
as reasonably practicable, the extent to 
which performance conditions apply, the 
form of award and the time left to vesting.

For an internal promotion, any variable 
pay element awarded in respect of the 
prior role would be allowed to pay out 
according to its terms. Any other ongoing 
remuneration obligations existing prior to 
appointment may continue, provided that 
they are put to shareholders for approval at 
the earliest opportunity.

The Committee may agree that the 
Company will meet relocation, legal fees or 
incidental costs where appropriate.

Service contracts and loss 
of office payments
The current Executive Directors have 
service contracts which have a 12-month 
notice period, dated 21 September 2016 for 
Swagatam Mukerji and 6 November 2019 
for Simon Longfield. In respect of these 
service contracts, at the Board’s discretion, 
a payment in lieu of any unexpired notice 
may be paid, comprising an amount for 
base salary, pension and any accrued 
holiday entitlement. 

61

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

An annual incentive will normally be payable for the period of the financial year served, although it will normally be pro-rated and paid 
at the normal pay-out date. Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director under the Company’s share plans will be 
determined based on the relevant plan rules. However, in certain prescribed circumstances, such as death, disability, retirement or other 
circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, ‘good leaver’ status may be applied. For good leavers, awards will normally vest at the 
vesting date set out in the relevant award, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions at the time and reduced pro-
rata to reflect the proportion of the performance period actually served. However, the Committee has discretion to determine that awards 
vest at cessation of employment or to dis-apply time pro-rating.

In addition to the above, outplacement support may be provided and legal fees or any other minor incidental costs which are considered 
appropriate may be payable.

Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
The Company Chair’s fee is determined by the Remuneration Committee (other than the Company Chair, if he sits on the Committee). 
The fees for the Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board, excluding the Non-Executive Directors. 

The table summarises the key aspects of the Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors:

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum

Chair and 
Non-
Executive 
Directors’ 
fees

Reflect time commitments and 
responsibilities of each role, 
in line with those provided by 
similarly sized companies

Cash fee normally paid on a 
monthly basis

There is no prescribed maximum 
annual fee or fee increase

Reimbursement of incidental 
expenses where appropriate

Reviewed periodically

An additional amount will be paid 
for chairing a Committee or being 
the Senior Independent Director

The Committee and Board are 
guided by the general increase 
in the Non-Executive market, but 
may decide to award a lower or 
higher fee increase to recognise, 
for example, an increase in the 
scale, scope or responsibility 
of the role or take account of 
relevant market movements

Performance targets  
and recovery provisions

Not applicable

Letters of appointment
The Chair and Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company, which are for an initial three-year period with the 
option for an extension for a further three-year period and provide for a notice period of three months. All of the current Non-Executive 
Directors have chosen to submit to annual re-election at each AGM.

Colin Jones

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey

Leslie-Ann Reed

Richard Staveley

First appointed as 
a Director
1 September 2018

Current letter of 
appointment 
commencement date
1 September 2021

Current letter of 
appointment
expiry date
1 September 2024

1 July 2016

1 July 2022

1 July 2025

5 February 2020

5 February 2023

5 February 2026

1 March 2020

16 May 2022

1 March 2023

16 May 2022

1 March 2026

16 May 2025 

Approach to fees on recruitment
For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-Executive Director, the fee will be set in accordance with the approved Remuneration Policy in 
force at that time.

62

www.centaurmedia.comRemuneration Committee Report
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

A summary of how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be applied during the year ending 31 December 2024 is set out below. 

Base salary
The Executive Directors are expected to receive a 3% salary increase from 1 April 2024. This is consistent with the expected general 
workforce increase of 3%. 

The Executive Directors’ current and proposed salaries are as follows:

Swagatam Mukerji

Simon Longfield

From 
April 2024
£

346,300

206,000

From 
April 20231
£
336,200

200,000

% 
change
3%

3%

1  The Executive Directors did not receive a salary increase from 1 April 2023 contrary to the proposed increase set out in the 2022 Annual Report. 

Pension and benefits
Simon Longfield will continue to receive a pension allowance equivalent to 5% of annual salary, in line with the pension arrangements for 
the general workforce. Swagatam Mukerji’s pension allowance will be equivalent to 7% of annual salary (reducing by 1% of salary each 
year such that it will be 5% of salary from 1 January 2026). 

Annual bonus for 2024
The maximum bonus for Executive Directors will continue to be set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential will be 
measured against financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives. Any annual bonus greater 
than 75% of basic salary will be awarded in shares and normally deferred for three years.

Long term incentives for 2024
LTIP awards will be granted to Executive Directors in 2024 as follows: 

•  One-third will be based on sliding scale three-year Adjusted EBITDA targets set in line with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on sliding scale three-year Adjusted Basic EPS targets set in line with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on relative TSR measured against the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap (excluding investment trusts). 25% of 
this part of the award will vest for median TSR increasing pro-rata to 100% vesting for upper quartile TSR over the three years ending 
31 December 2026. In addition to the TSR performance condition, the Committee will need to be satisfied that the Company’s TSR 
performance reflects the underlying financial performance of the Company for this part of an award to vest.

The performance targets for the 2024 awards will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report, subject to any commercial 
sensitivity.

Fees for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
The current and proposed annual fees for the Chair and the Non-Executive Directors from 1 April 2024 are as follows:

Colin Jones 

William Eccleshare2

Carol Hosey2

Leslie-Ann Reed2

Richard Staveley (appointed 16 May 2022)

From 
April 2024
£

106,090

47,740

47,740

47,740

42,435

From 
April 2023
£
103,000

46,350

46,350

46,350

41,200

% 
change
3%

3%

3%

3%

3%

1  The Non-Executive Directors did not receive a fee increase from 1 April 2023 contrary to the fee increases envisaged and disclosed in the 2022 Annual Report. 

2  The annual fees from 1 April 2024 include £5,305 for William Eccleshare for being the Senior Independent Director, £5,305 for Carol Hosey for chairing the Remuneration Committee 

and £5,305 for Leslie-Ann Reed for chairing the Audit Committee.

63

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Remuneration received by Directors for the year (audited)
Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022 was as follows:

Salary 
and fees
£

336,200

333,750

199,480

194,625

103,000

102,250

46,350

46,931

46,350

46,013

46,350

46,013

41,200

25,935

Executive Directors

Swagatam Mukerji

Simon Longfield

Non-Executive Directors

Colin Jones

William Eccleshare

Leslie-Ann Reed

Carol Hosey

Richard Staveley 

(appointed 16 May 2022)

Notes:

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

Benefits
£

Bonus1
£

Pension
£

LTIP2
£

Total
£

Total
Fixed
£

Total
Variable
£

4,145

4,524

2,143

2,103

179,550

26,926

330,623

877,444

367,271

510,173

234,323

30,038

456,000

1,058,635

368,312

690,323

106,311

10,000

180,809

498,743

211,623

287,120

136,095

9,731

249,375

591,929

206,459

385,470

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

103,000

103,000

102,250

102,250

46,350

46,350

46,931

46,931

46,350

46,350

46,013

46,013

46,350

46,350

46,013

41,200

25,935

46,013

41,200

25,935

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1  The 2023 bonus amounts relate to bonuses earned in 2023 and payable in 2024.

2  The LTIP remuneration for 2023 is based on the number of shares that will vest for the 2021 LTIP awards based on the three-month average share price to 31 December 2023. The 
LTIP remuneration for 2022 relates to the 2020 LTIP awards for which the performance period substantially ended on 31 December 2022 apart from the TSR performance period 
that ended on 30 June 2023. The values of £456,000 and £249,375 for Swag Mukerji and Simon Longfield respectively are based on the share price of 47.5 pence on the vesting 
date of 30 June 2023 and are higher than the values of £382,368 and £209,108 stated in the 2022 Annual Report which were based on an estimate of the value of the LTIPs as at 31 
December 2022.

64

www.centaurmedia.comAnnual bonus for the year (audited)
The 2023 bonus opportunity for the CEO and CFO was set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential was measured against 
financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives.

The performance against the financial objectives for both the CEO and the CFO was as follows:

Measure
Adjusted EBITDA

Threshold value
£8.60m

Revenue

£41.5m

Max
value
£10.35m

£45.0m

Threshold 

opportunity Max opportunity
60%

0%

0%

20%

Actual1
£9.64m

£39.3m

Performance
60.26%

Opportunity 
payable
36.16%

0%

0%

1  Calculated on a total (continuing operations and discontinued operations) basis.

The Committee reviewed and discussed the achievement against the personal objectives, as part of the year-end review process, for both 
the CEO and CFO, and the performance against the personal objectives, as determined by the Committee, was as follows: 

Objective

Refine longer-term Strategic Plan to maximise shareholder value 
in context of economic impact on delivery of MAP23

Steps that reinforce delivery of MAP23 including new MW Mini 
MBA course, enhanced Econsultancy LMS product, new content in 
The Lawyer and implementation of a Centaur wide data strategy. 

Environment – implement and integrate climate-related 
governance, strategy, risk management and metrics and targets 
into the Group’s business operations.

Continue Centaur’s culture transformation by further developing 
the Social Criteria aspect within Centaur 

Maximise cash balances and related interest income

Executive

Weighting

Performance1

Opportunity payable 

CEO & CFO

25% each

100% The aggregated 

performance is:

CEO & CFO

25% each

90%

CEO: 85% of max

CEO & CFO

25% each

80%

CEO

CFO

25%

25%

75%

70%

CFO: 82.5% of max

and results in a bonus 
equivalent to:

CEO: 17.25% of salary

CFO: 17.0% of salary

1  A detailed assessment of the Executive Directors’ bonus objectives and performance against each was carried out by the Chair and discussed at the Remuneration Committee 

meeting on 6 February 2024. A summary of the key findings against each objective is shown above.

The above assessment against financial targets and strategic and personal objectives resulted in the following total performance and 
bonuses payable for 2023:

Executive
Swagatam Mukerji

Simon Longfield

Base salary
£
336,200

200,000

Maximum 
opportunity
(% of salary)
100%

Performance 
outcome (% of 
maximum)
53.41%

Bonus outcome
£
179,550

Cash element
£
179,550

Deferred shares 
element
£
–

100%

53.16%

106,311

106,311

–

65

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Vesting of 2021 LTIP awards
With respect to the LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors (Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield) on 25 March 2021 which are due 
to vest on 25 March 2024, vesting is based 33.3% on Group adjusted EBITDA margin, 33.3% on adjusted basic EPS and 33.4% on TSR for 
the three-year performance period to 31 December 2023. A minimum holding period of 2 years applies following vesting. Further details 
relating to these awards are provided in the table below:

Performance Condition

Weighting

Targets

Group adjusted EBITDA margin 33.3%

0% vesting below 19%

25% vesting at Threshold of 19%

100% vesting at Target of 23%

Pro rata straight-line vesting between  
Threshold and Target

Adjusted basic EPS

33.3%

0% vesting below 2.2 pence per share

25% vesting at Threshold of 2.2 pence per share

100% at Target of 3.4 pence per share

Pro rata on a straight-line basis between  
Threshold and Target

Proportion of 
award to vest

100%

Actual outcome

Over target

26%

Over target

4.4 pence 

100%

Relative TSR vs FTSE 

33.4%

0% vesting below median

Upper quartile

100%

SmallCap index (excluding 
investment trusts)

25% vesting at median 

100% vesting at upper quartile

Straight-line vesting between median and  
upper quartile

Total LTIP vesting

The 2021 LTIP awards will therefore vest as follows:

Director
Swagatam Mukerji

Simon Longfield

Number of 
shares under 
award
826,329

451,898

Vesting
100%

100%

Number of  
shares vesting
826,329 

451,898

Value  
on award1
£
326,400

178,500

Value from 
share price 
increase1
£
4,223

2,309

100%

Value on 
vesting2,3 
£
330,623

180,809

1  Value from share price increase based on a 39.5 pence share price at the time of grant of the award in March 2021 to the three-month average share price to 31 December 2023 of 

40.01 pence. 

2  The value of shares on vesting is based on a three-month average share price to 31 December 2023 of 40.01 pence and will be restated next year based on the actual share price on 

the date of vesting (together with any additional cash/shares awarded in respect of dividend equivalents).

3  As detailed in the Annual Statement, the Committee has reviewed the appropriateness of the 2021 LTIP award values at the point of vesting.

Grant of LTIP awards in 2023
LTIP grants were made on 12 April 2023 to Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield as follows:

Director
Swagatam Mukerji

Award date
12 April 2023

Number of 
shares under 
award
686,122

Basis
100% of

base salary

Face value of 
award1
£336,200

Performance 
conditions
See below

Simon Longfield

12 April 2023

408,163

100% of 

£200,000

See below

base salary

1  The share price used to calculate the face value of the award was the average share price for the 5 working days prior to the date of grant of 49 pence.

Performance period
1 January 2023 to  

31 December 2025

1 January 2023 to  

31 December 2025

66

www.centaurmedia.comThe performance conditions for this award, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS targets derived from the Group’s three-year 
plan, are set out in three parts below: 

% of shares which will vest if target 
achieved
25%
100%
Pro-rata on a straight-line basis 
between 25% and 100%
25%
100%

Performance condition
Adjusted basic EPS1

Weighting 
One-third

Measurement period
3 years to 

31 December 2025

Targets
Threshold
Max
Between threshold and max

Group adjusted EBITDA1

One-third

3 years to 

31 December 2025

Threshold
Max
Between threshold and max  Pro-rata on a straight-line basis 

Relative TSR vs FTSE 
SmallCap index (excluding 
investment trusts)  
at 1 January 20232

One-third

3 years to 

31 December 2025

Median
Upper Quartile
Between Median and Upper 
Quartile 

between 25% and 100%
25%
100%
Pro-rata on a straight-line basis 
between 25% and 100%

1  The performance targets for adjusted basic EPS and adjusted EBITDA for the three years, derived from the Group’s three-year plan, are commercially sensitive and are not disclosed. 

They will remain commercially sensitive during the three-year period of performance until the calculation is performed and disclosed in the 2025 Annual Report. 

2  The TSR element will only vest if there has been sustained improvement in the Company’s underlying financial performance over the performance period. TSR will be measured over 

the three years to 31 December 2025.

Swagatam Mukerji purchased 3,985 shares during the period under the Share Incentive Plan. The Company matched these shares on a  
1 for 2 basis in accordance with the Plan rules, resulting in 1,990 matching shares being awarded in the year.

Board changes and payments for loss of office (audited)
There were no Board changes or payments for loss of office during 2023.

Payments to past Directors (audited)
Consistent with a long-standing arrangement, Graham Sherren, former Chief Executive Officer and Chair, was being paid at the rate of 
£3,000 per annum for advisory services performed. This arrangement was terminated with effect from 30 April 2023 such that Graham 
Sherren was paid £1,000 in 2023 (2022: £3,000). No other payments to past Directors were made.

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited) 
The tables below set out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards under the LTIP plan (which will vest in future years, 
subject to performance and continued service). Under each plan the exercise price is £nil.

Granted

Exercised1 

Lapsed

At 
31 December 
2023

Date of 
award

Performance 
period

Exercise 
period

Share price 
on date of 
grant

At 
31 December 
2022

Swagatam Mukerji
2020

960,000

826,329

700,417

2021

2022

2023

–

– 

–

960,000

–

–

–

–

686,122

2,486,746

686,122

960,000

Simon Longfield
2020

525,000

– 

525,000

2021

2022

2023

451,898

416,667

–

–

–

408,163

–

–

–

1,393,565

408,163

525,000

1  2020 LTIPs were exercised in September 2023 at a share price of 37.0 pence.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30/06/20

826,329

25/03/21

700,417

24/03/22

686,122

12/04/23

2,212,868

– 

30/06/20

451,898

25/03/21

416,667

24/03/22

408,163

12/04/23

1,276,728

01/01/20–
30/06/23
01/01/21–

31/12/23
01/01/22–
31/12/24
01/01/23–
31/12/25

30/06/23–
31/12/23
25/03/24–

24/09/24
24/03/25–
23/09/25
12/04/26–
11/10/26

01/01/20– 
30/06/23
01/01/21–

30/06/23– 
31/12/23
25/03/24–

31/12/23
01/01/22–
31/12/24
01/01/23–
31/12/25

24/09/24
24/03/25–
23/09/25
12/04/26–
11/10/26

25.0p

39.5p

48.0p

49.0p

25.0p

39.5p

48.0p

49.0p

67

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

The table below sets out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards under the DSBP. 

At 
31 December 
2022

Swagatam Mukerji

2022

Simon Longfield

2022

39,172
39,172

21,421
21,421

Granted

Exercised 

Lapsed

At 
31 December 
2023

Date of 
award

Performance 
period

Exercise 
period

Share price 
on date of 
grant

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

39,172
39,172

21,421

21,421

12/05/22

N/A

12/05/22

N/A

24/03/25–
23/09/25

24/03/25–
23/09/25

47.0p

47.0p

The table below sets out the number of shares held or potentially held by Directors (including their connected persons where relevant).

Directors

Executive 

Swagatam Mukerji1

Simon Longfield 

Non-Executive

Colin Jones

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

Richard Staveley 

Interests in ordinary shares

31 December 
2022

31 December 
2023

660,656

72,769

1,173,163

349,785

140,000

266,235

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Shareholding 
guideline 
achieved?2

Interests in share plans

LTIP 

DSBP

Total

2,212,868

1,276,728

39,172

21,421

3,425,203

1,647,934

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

266,235

–

–

–

–

No

No

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1  571,582 interests in ordinary shares are held by Rina Mukerji

2  See share ownership guideline in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Performance graph
The graph below shows the TSR of Centaur Media plc compared to the performance of the FTSE SmallCap index (excluding investment 
trusts) over the last ten and a half years. This comparator has been chosen on the basis that it is the index against which performance 
for the purpose of share awards made under the LTIP is assessed. Owing to the change to the financial year end in 2014, there was no 
financial year ended 30 June 2014 and, instead, TSR performance for the 18 months ended 31 December 2014 is shown.

The graph shows the value of £100 invested in Centaur Media plc on 1 July 2013 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 
SmallCap index (excluding investment trusts) at each financial period end.

Total Shareholder Return
Source: Refinitiv Datastream

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
30 June 
2013

68

31 Dec 
2014

31 Dec 
2015

31 Dec 
2016

31 Dec 
2017

31 Dec 
2018

31 Dec 
2019

31 Dec 
2020

31 Dec 
2021

31 Dec 
2022

31 Dec 
2023

Centaur Media

FTSE SmallCap (excluding Investment Trusts)

www.centaurmedia.comHistory of remuneration for the CEO
The table below sets out the CEO single figure of total remuneration over the past ten and a half years.

Period ended
31 December 2023
31 December 2022
31 December 2021
31 December 2020
31 December 2019
31 December 2019
31 December 2018
31 December 2017
31 December 2016
31 December 2015
31 December 2014 (18-months) 

CEO
Swagatam Mukerji
Swagatam Mukerji
Swagatam Mukerji
Swagatam Mukerji
Swagatam Mukerji (from 4 September 2019)
Andria Vidler (until 30 September 2019)
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler (from 14 November 2013) 

Total  
remuneration 
£
877,444
1,058,635
709,851
405,531
258,7431
975,4252
430,859
558,526
422,605
416,607
670,077

Annual bonus 
(% of max)
53
70
81
19
70
63
0
37
0
2
56

Long-term 
incentives 
(% of max)
100
100
27
0
N/A
50
0
0
0
N/A
N/A

1  Based on salary and benefits for the period from 4 September 2019 to 31 December 2019 and a pro-rated portion of the 2019 IP relating to that period. Excludes the LTIP part of his 

remuneration on the basis that this related to his role as CFO.

2  Based on total remuneration including salary, benefits, 2019 IP and LTIP remuneration, but excluding £392,642 contractual notice payment.

Change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The Committee reviews the annual change in the level of Directors’ salaries/fees, taxable benefits and bonus payments compared with 
the wider workforce. This analysis now comprises four years of historical data:

Executive Directors
Swagatam Mukerji1,2,3
Simon Longfield1,2,3
Non-Executive Directors
Colin Jones4
William Eccleshare4
Carol Hosey4
Leslie-Ann Reed4
Richard Staveley5
Employee population6

% change 2020 v 2019

% change 2021 v 2020

% change 2022 v 2021

% change 2023 v 2022

Base 
salary

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

Base 
salary

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

Base 
salary

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

Base 
salary

Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus

15%
0% 

6% 
0% 

(85%) 
N/A 

2% 
2% 

2% 
N/A 

325% 
325% 

3% 
10% 

14% 
(3%) 

(11%) 
(5%) 

1%
1%

(8%)

(23%)
2% (22%)

13%
(5%)
N/A
N/A
N/A
(11%)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(6%)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(71%)

5%
7%
15%
29%
N/A
9%

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
55%

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
274%

2%
5%
2%
2%
N/A
(1%)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(13%)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(50%)

1%
(1)%
1%
1%
59%
4%

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15% (22%)

1  The increase in base salary in 2023 reflects the pay rise of 3% for Swagatam Mukerji and 12% for Simon Longfield on 1 April 2022, but no pay rise as at 1 April 2023. The average 

base salary increase for employees reflects an average salary rise of 5% at 1 April 2023 for the large majority of the workforce, but lower pay rises for senior managers. 

2  The increase in taxable benefits for the employee population in 2023 reflects the overall increase in health insurance premiums across the Group, although the specific variations for 

the Executive Directors reflects the cost of health insurance related to their individual circumstances. 

3  The reduction in annual bonus for 2023 was similar for the Executive Directors and the employee population reflecting a lower level of achievement against the performance criteria 

across the Group. 

4  The Non-Executive Directors received an increase in annual fees of 3% as at 1 April 2022, but no increase in fees at 1 April 2023. William Eccleshare had received an additional £1,021 

in 2022 relating to an underpayment in 2021.

5  Richard Staveley was appointed on 16 May 2022 and therefore received a full year of fees in 2023. 

6  Calculation is based on average remuneration for all employees in the Group (excluding discontinued operations).

CEO pay ratio
The tables below set out a comparison of the CEO total remuneration to the equivalent remuneration of the upper quartile, median and 
lower quartile UK employees:

Year
2023
2022
2021
2020

Method
Option C1
Option C1
Option C1
Option C1

25th %tile
pay ratio
23:1
29:1
24:1
14:1

Median
pay ratio
18:1
22:1
17:1
10:1

75th %tile
pay ratio 
13:1
16:1
10:1
7:1

1  The Group has used Option C given that this method of calculation is considered to be the most efficient and robust approach in respect of gathering recent and readily available 

data for each year. The approach adopted is based on an annualisation of employee remuneration data in the final month of the relevant year end and is considered to be 
representative of the relevant quartiles. The total remuneration of the CEO has decreased by 17% from 2022 to 2023 as a result of reduced remuneration from bonus and LTIP, and 
total remuneration for employees has increased as a result of the closure of certain operations in 2023, resulting in decreased pay ratios in 2023 for each quarterly percentile.

69

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Year
2023
2022
2021
2020

25th %tile
£35,000
£31,200 
£30,000
£28,014

Salary

Median
£44,620
£40,740 
£39,000
£36,360

Total remuneration

75th %tile
£60,420 
£54,660 
£55,661
£51,000

25th %tile
£37,984 
£33,852 
£31,500
£29,988

Median
£49,224 
£44,100 
£43.050
£40,000

75th %tile
£67,357 
£62,843 
£77,070
£57,740

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in distributions to shareholders and employee remuneration costs. 

Employee remuneration costs
Ordinary and special dividends paid
Ordinary dividends paid

2023
£18.5m
£8.9m
£1.7m 

2022
£19.0m
£1.4m
£1.4m 

% Change
(3%)
521%
20%

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for monitoring, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board at least annually on the broad 
policy for the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Chair, Company Secretary and management tier below the Board. It also determines 
their individual remuneration packages, including pension arrangements, bonuses and all incentive schemes and the determination of targets 
for any performance-related pay schemes operated by the Group. In addition, the Committee reviews pay and conditions across the workforce 
and takes this into account when considering executive remuneration. Minutes of Committee meetings are circulated to the Board once they 
have been approved by the Committee.

External advisors
The Remuneration Committee has access to independent advice where it considers it appropriate. During the year, the Committee 
sought advice relating to executive remuneration from FIT Remuneration Consultants (‘FIT’), who were appointed by the Committee. The 
Committee is satisfied that the advice received from FIT in relation to executive remuneration matters during the year under review was 
objective and independent. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the Remuneration Consultants Group 
Code of Conduct. The fees charged by FIT for the year, based on time and materials, amounted to £8,014 excluding VAT.

Statement of shareholder voting

The voting results for the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report were as follows:

Resolution
Approval of Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2022

Approval of Directors’ Remuneration Report in 2023

Number of  
votes for  
(and percentage 
of votes cast)
106,932,094

(99.999%)
112,266,451

(99.989%)

Number of  
votes against 
(and percentage 
of votes cast)
1,500

Number 
of votes 
cast
106,933,594

Number 
of votes 
withheld 
25,000

(0.001%)
12,750

(0.011%)

112,279,201

25,000

Approval
The Board of Directors has approved this Remuneration Committee Report, including both the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

CAROL HOSEY
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

12 March 2024

70

www.centaurmedia.comStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Respect of the Financial Statements

The Directors are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Group 
and Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for 
the maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group and 
Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Therefore, the Directors 
have prepared the Group financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards (IFRS) 
and Company financial statements in 
accordance with IFRS. Under company 
law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group and Company for that period. 
In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and 
then apply them consistently;

state whether applicable IFRS have 
been followed for the Group financial 
statements and applicable IFRS have 
been followed for the Company 
financial statements, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

• 

prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and Company will continue in 
business.

Each of the Directors, whose names and 
functions are listed in the Governance 
Report confirm that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

the Company financial statements, 
which have been prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted IASs, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and result 
of the Company;

the Group financial statements, which 
have been prepared in accordance 
with UK-adopted IASs, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the 
Group; and

the Directors’ Report includes a 
fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the Group and Company, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that 
it faces. 

In the case of each Director in office at the 
date the Directors’ Report is approved:

• 

• 

so far as the Director is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which 
the Group and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a Director 
in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the Group and 
Company’s auditors are aware of that 
information. 

By order of the Board

HELEN SILVER
Company Secretary

12 March 2024

71

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTIndependent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements 
of Centaur Media Plc (the ‘Company’) 
and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 
year ended 31 December 2023 which 
comprise the Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, Consolidated and 
Company statement of changes in equity, 
Consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position, Consolidated and 
Company cash flow statement and notes 
to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and UK adopted 
international accounting standards.

In our opinion, the financial statements:

• 

• 

• 

give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group’s and of the parent 
Company’s affairs as at 31 December 
2023 and of the Group’s profit for the 
year then ended;

have been properly prepared 
in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting 
standards; and

have been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the Group in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to 
going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we 
have concluded that the Director’s use 
of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the Group and 
parent Company financial statements 
is appropriate. Our evaluation of the 
Director’s assessment of the Group and 
parent Company’s ability to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

assessing the cash flow requirements 
of the Group over the duration of the 
viability statement based on budgets 
and forecasts;

understanding what forecast 
expenditure is committed and what 
could be considered discretionary; 

considering the liquidity of existing 
assets on the statement of financial 
position;

considering the terms of the finance 
facilities and the amount available for 
drawdown; and

considering potential downside 
scenarios and the resultant impact on 
available funds.

Based on the work we have performed, 
we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the Group 
and parent Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial 
statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the Group reporting on 
how they have applied the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the Directors’ statement in 
the financial statements about whether 
the Director’s considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities 
of the Directors with respect to going 
concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

72

Overview of our audit 
approach
Materiality
In planning and performing our audit we 
applied the concept of materiality. An item is 
considered material if it could reasonably be 
expected to change the economic decisions 
of a user of the financial statements. We 
used the concept of materiality to both 
focus our testing and to evaluate the impact 
of misstatements identified

Based on our professional judgement, 
we determined overall materiality for the 
Group financial statements as a whole to 
be £215,000 (2021: £200,000) based on 
a variety of performance based metrics 
including 5% of profit before taxation, 3%of 
adjusted EBITDA and 0.5% of revenue. 
Materiality for the parent Company 
financial statements as a whole was set 
at £160,000 (2021: £140,000) based on a 
percentage of total assets.

We use a different level of materiality 
(‘performance materiality’) to determine 
the extent of our testing for the audit of 
the financial statements. Performance 
materiality is set based on the audit 
materiality as adjusted for the judgements 
made as to the entity risk and our 
evaluation of the specific risk of each audit 
area having regard to the internal control 
environment. For the Group performance 
materiality was set at £150,000 (2021: 
£140,000) and £112,000 (2021: £105,000) 
for the parent Company.

Where considered appropriate 
performance materiality may be reduced 
to a lower level, such as, for related party 
transactions and Directors’ remuneration.

We agreed with the Audit Committee to 
report to it all identified errors in excess of 
£10,000 (2021: £10,000). Errors below that 
threshold would also be reported to it if, 
in our opinion as auditor, disclosure was 
required on qualitative grounds.

Overview of the scope of our 
audit
The scope of the audit work and the 
design of audit tests undertaken was 
solely for the purposes of forming 
an audit opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements of the Group. All 
entities included within the scope of the 
consolidation were included within the 
scope of our audit testing which was 
performed by the group audit team.

www.centaurmedia.comKey Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 

We identified going concern as a key audit matter and have detailed our response in the conclusions relating to going concern section 
above.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Valuation of Goodwill and intangible assets (see note 9, note 10)

The Group has a significant balance of intangible 
assets at 31 December 2022 and there is a risk that 
they could be impaired.

The valuation of the recoverable amount of goodwill 
and other intangible assets has a high degree of 
estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of 
reasonably possible outcomes greater than our 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

There is significant judgement with regard to 
assumptions and estimates involved in forecasting 
future cash flows, which form the basis of the 
assessment of the recoverability of goodwill balances. 
These include forecast revenues, operating margin, 
long-term growth rates and the discount rate used.

Our procedures included: 

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon 

which the cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation 
to key inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and 
discount rates. To challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also 
assessed the historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasting. 

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven 

analysis on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast 
cash flows.

•  Assessing whether the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the 
outcome of the impairment assessment to changes in key assumptions 
reflected the risks inherent in the valuation of goodwill.

•  We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of goodwill and 

intangible assets to be acceptable.

Valuation of Investments in the parent Company (see note 13)

We consider the carrying value of investments in 
subsidiaries by the parent Company and the risk over 
potential impairment to be a significant audit risk due 
to the inherent uncertainty involved in forecasting and 
discounting future cash flows, which are the basis of 
the assessment of recoverability. 

We consider the key inputs into the impairment model 
to be the approved business plans and assumptions 
for the growth and discount rates.

Revenue recognition (see note 2)

Revenue is recognised in accordance with the 
accounting policy set out in the financial statements. 
We focus on the risk of material misstatement in the 
recognition of revenue, as a result of both fraud and 
error, because revenue is material and is an important 
determinant of the Group’s profitability, which has a 
consequent impact on its share price performance.

Our procedures included: 

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon 

which the cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation 
to key inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and 
discount rates. To challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also 
assessed the historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasting. 

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven 

analysis on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast 
cash flows.

We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of investments to be 
acceptable.

Our procedures included:

• 

• 

• 

validating that revenue is recognised in accordance with the stated 
accounting policies in compliance with IFRS. 

ensuring that cut off was correctly applied across all revenue streams. 

validating a sample of revenue items to confirm revenue was being 
recognised in line with IFRS and ensuring the services were delivered within 
the period. 

• 

assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures related to revenue. 

We concluded that revenue was reasonably stated.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

73

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC CONTINUED

Corporate governance 
statement
We have reviewed the Directors’ statement 
in relation to going concern, longer-term 
viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the 
parent Company’s compliance with 
the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Statement specified for our 
review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of 
our audit, we have concluded that each of 
the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially 
consistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards the 

appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified on 
page 47;

•  Directors’ explanation as to its 

assessment of the group’s prospects, 
the period this assessment covers and 
why they period is appropriate set out 
on page 42;

•  Directors’ statement on whether it 
has a reasonable expectation that 
the group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities set out 
on page 42;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced 

and understandable set out on 
page 71;

•  Board’s confirmation that it has 

carried out a robust assessment of the 
emerging and principal risks set out on 
pages 38 to 41;

• 

• 

The section of the annual report that 
describes the review of effectiveness 
of risk management and internal 
control systems set out on page 
54; and

The section describing the work of 
the Audit Committee set out on pages 
52 to 54.

Conduct Authority (the FCA Rules), is 
consistent with the financial statements 
and has been prepared in accordance 
with applicable legal requirements; and

• 

information about the Company’s 
corporate governance code and 
practices and about its administrative, 
management and supervisory bodies 
and their committees complies with 
rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the 
FCA Rules.

Matters on which we 
are required to report by 
exception
In the light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the Group and the parent 
Company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in:

• 

• 

the strategic report or the directors’ 
report; or

the information about internal control 
and risk management systems 
in relation to financial reporting 
processes and about share capital 
structures, given in compliance with 
rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 of the FCA Rules.

We have nothing to report in respect of the 
following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

adequate accounting records have not 
been kept by the parent Company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or

the parent Company financial 
statements and the part of the 
Directors’ remuneration report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or

•  we have not received all the 

information and explanations we 
require for our audit; or

• 

a corporate governance statement 
has not been prepared by the parent 
Company.

Other information
The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors 
are responsible for the other information. 
Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. In 
connection with our audit of the financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read 
the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements 
or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement of the other 
information, we are required to report that 
fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other 
matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. 

In our opinion based on the work 
undertaken in the course of our audit 

the information given in the strategic report 
and the Directors’ report for the financial 
year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements and those reports have been 
prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements;

the information about internal control 
and risk management systems 
in relation to financial reporting 
processes and about share capital 
structures, given in compliance with 
rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure 
Rules and Transparency Rules 
sourcebook made by the Financial 

• 

74

www.centaurmedia.comResponsibilities of the 
Directors for the financial 
statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
responsibilities statement set out on page 
71, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view, and for such internal control as the 
Directors determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are responsible for assessing 
the Group and parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial 
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

Explanation as to what 
extent the audit was 
considered capable of 
detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are 
instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to 
detect material misstatements in respect 

of irregularities, including fraud. The extent 
to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, 
is detailed below however the primary 
responsibility for the prevention and 
detection of fraud lies with management 
and those charged with governance of the 
Company.

•  We obtained an understanding of 

the legal and regulatory frameworks 
that are applicable to the Group and 
the procedures in place for ensuring 
compliance. The most significant 
identified were the Companies 
Act 2006, General Data Protection 
Regulations and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. Our work 
included direct enquiry of Head of 
Legal, reviewing Board and relevant 
committee minutes and inspection of 
correspondence.

•  As part of our audit planning 

process we assessed the different 
areas of the financial statements, 
including disclosures, for the risk of 
material misstatement. This included 
considering the risk of fraud where 
direct enquiries were made of 
management and those charged 
with governance concerning both 
whether they had any knowledge of 
actual or suspected fraud and their 
assessment of the susceptibility of 
fraud. We considered the risk was 
greater in areas involving significant 
management estimate or judgement. 
Based on this assessment we 
designed audit procedures to focus 
on the key areas of estimate or 
judgement, this included specific 
testing of journal transactions, both at 
the year end and throughout the year.

•  We used data analytic techniques to 
identify any unusual transactions or 
unexpected relationships, including 
considering the risk of undisclosed 
related party transactions.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an 
audit, there is an unavoidable risk that some 
material misstatements of the financial 
statements may not be detected, even 
though the audit is properly planned and 
performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK).

The potential effects of inherent limitations 
are particularly significant in the case of 
misstatement resulting from fraud because 
fraud may involve sophisticated and 

carefully organised schemes designed to 
conceal it, including deliberate failure to 
record transactions, collusion or intentional 
misrepresentations being made to us.

A further description of our responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements 
is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are 
required to address
Following the recommendation of the 
audit committee, we were appointed in 
November 2020 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 31 
December 2020 and subsequent financial 
periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is four years, covering the 
years ending 31 December 2020 to 2023 
inclusive.

The non-audit services prohibited by the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided 
to the Group or the parent Company and 
we remain independent of the Company in 
conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the audit committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the 
Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has 
been undertaken so that we might state 
to the Company’s members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we 
do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and 
the Company’s members as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the 
opinions we have formed.

MATTHEW STALLABRASS
Senior Statutory Auditor

For and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
55 Ludgate Hill 
London 
EC4M 7JW, UK

12 March 2024

75

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Note

2

3

6

6

7

8

9

Continuing operations

Revenue 

Net operating expenses

Operating profit / (loss)

Finance income

Finance costs

Net finance income / (costs)

Profit / (loss) before tax

Taxation 

Profit / (loss) for the year from 
continuing operations

Discontinued operations

(Loss) / profit for the year from 
discontinued operations after 
tax

Profit / (loss) for the year 
attributable to owners of the 
parent 

Total comprehensive income / 
(loss) attributable to owners of 
the parent

Earnings / (loss) per share 
attributable to owners of the 
parent

Basic from continuing 
operations

Basic from discontinued 
operations

Basic

Fully diluted from continuing 
operations

Fully diluted from discontinued 
operations

Fully diluted

Adjusted
Results1
2023
£’000

37,329

(29,725)

7,604

266

(245)

21

7,625

(1,217) 

Adjusting
Items1
2023
£’000

–

(1,491)

(1,491)

–

–

–

(1,491)

410

Statutory
Results
2023
£’000

37,329

(31,216)

6,113

266

(245)

21

6,134

(807)

Re-presented2
Adjusted
Results1
2022
£’000

Re-presented2
Adjusting
Items1
2022
£’000

Re-presented2
Statutory
Results
2022
£’000

38,384

(33,441)

4,943

85

(158)

(73)

4,870

(1,194) 

–

(1,388)

(1,388)

–

–

–

(1,388)

264

38,384

(34,829)

3,555

85

(158)

(73)

3,482

(930)

6,408

(1,081)

5,327

3,676

(1,124)

2,552

(63)

(414)

(477)

273

(25)

248

6,345 

(1,495)

4,850

3,949 

(1,149)

2,800

6,345 

(1,495)

4,850

3,949 

(1,149)

2,800

4.4p 

(0.7p)

3.7p

2.6p 

(0.8p)

–

4.4p 

(0.3p)

(1.0p)

(0.3p)

3.4p

4.2p 

(0.7p)

3.5p

–

4.2p 

(0.3p)

(1.0p)

(0.3p)

3.2p

0.1p 

2.7p 

2.5p

0.1p

2.6p

–

(0.8p)

(0.8p)

–

(0.8p)

1.8p

0.1p

1.9p

1.7p

0.1p

1.8p

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b).

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

76

www.centaurmedia.com 
Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Attributable to owners of the Company

Note

Share
capital
£’000
15,141

Own
shares
£’000
(5,471)

Share
premium
£’000
1,101

Reserve
for shares
to be
issued
£’000
471

Deferred
shares
£’000
80

Foreign 
currency 
reserve
£’000
143

Retained
earnings
£’000
35,643

Total
equity
£’000
47,108

At 1 January 2022

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Currency translation adjustment

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:

Dividends

Purchase of own shares

24

23

Exercise of share awards

22,23

Lapsed share awards

Fair value of employee services

Tax on share-based payments

23

23

14

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(604)

212

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

As at 31 December 2022

15,141

(5,863)

1,101

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Currency translation adjustment

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:

Dividends

Purchase of own shares

24

23

Exercise of share awards

22,23

Fair value of employee services

Tax on share-based payments

23

14

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(322)

1,276

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(54)

(14)

724

–

1,127

–

–

–

–

(396)

939

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,800

2,800

–

1

(1,436)

–

(158)

14

–

233

(1,436)

(604)

–

–

724

233

80

144

37,096

48,826

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(17)

4,850

4,850

–

(17)

–

–

–

–

–

(8,916)

(8,916)

–

(322)

(880)

–

(292)

–

939

(292)

As at 31 December 2023

15,141

(4,909)

1,101

1,670

80

127

31,858

45,068

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

77

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Attributable to owners of the Company

At 1 January 2022

Loss for the year and total 
comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity
as owners:

Dividends

Exercise of share awards

Lapsed share awards

Fair value of employee services

Tax on share-based payments

As at 31 December 2022

Loss for the year and total 
comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners:

Dividends

Exercise of share awards

Fair value of employee services

Tax on share-based payments

24

23

23

23

14

24

23

23

14

Note

Share
capital
£’000
15,141 

Own
shares
£’000
(4,135)

Share
premium
£’000
1,101 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Reserve
for shares
to be
issued
£’000
471 

–

–

(54)

(14)

724

–

Deferred
shares
£’000
80 

Retained
earnings
£’000
24,149

Total
equity
£’000
36,807

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4,619)

(4,619)

(1,436)

(1,436)

(27)

14

–

101

(81)

–

724

101

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

1,127 

80 

18,182

31,496

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(396)

939

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4,521)

(4,521)

(8,916)

(8,916)

(312)

–

(159)

4,274

(708)

939

(159)

18,131

As at 31 December 2023

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

1,670 

80 

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

78

www.centaurmedia.com 
Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

Registered number 04948078

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Other receivables

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term deposits

Current tax assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Deferred income

Net current (liabilities) / assets 

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital

Own shares

Share premium

Other reserves

Foreign currency reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

31 December
2023
£’000

31 December
2022
£’000

Note

10

11

12

14

15

15

16

17

21

18

19

20

19

14

22

 41,162 

3,522 

2,226 

2,177 

166 

 41,162 

2,611 

387 

1,673 

27 

49,253 

45,860 

5,089

1,996 

7,500

379

14,964 

64,217

(8,589)

(952)

(8,352)

(17,893)

(2,929)

(1,025)

(231)

(1,256)

45,068

15,141 

(4,909)

1,101 

1,750 

127 

31,858 

45,068

5,357

7,501 

8,500

165

21,523 

67,383

(9,652)

–

(8,885)

(18,537)

2,986

–

(20)

(20)

48,826

15,141 

(5,863)

1,101 

1,207 

144 

37,096 

48,826

The financial statements on pages 76 to 117 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield 
Chief Financial Officer

79

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Financial Position
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

Registered number 04948078

Non-current assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Other receivables

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Net current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital

Own shares

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

31 December
2023
£’000

31 December
2022
£’000

Note

13

14

15

15

18

22

66,081 

65,529 

1,082

879

68,042 

136 

136 

375

1,225

67,129 

136 

136 

68,178

67,265

(50,047)

(50,047)

(49,911)

(35,769)

(35,769)

(35,633)

18,131

31,496

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

1,750

4,274 

18,131

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

1,207

18,182 

31,496

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its 
own statement of comprehensive income in these financial statements. The Company’s loss for the year was £4,521,000 (2022: loss of 
£4,619,000). 

The financial statements on pages 76 to 117 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield 
Chief Financial Officer

80

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Interest paid

Net refund of lease deposit

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Interest received

Investment in short-term deposits

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Finance costs paid

Repayment of obligations under lease 

Termination of lease

Purchase of own shares

Share options exercised

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders

Extension fee on revolving credit facility

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

25

7 

6 

19 

12

11

6

17

 6

19

19

22

23

24

25

16

2023
£’000

7,303

(1,589) 

(50)

116

5,780 

(111)

(1,944)

220

1,000

(835)

(73)

(973)

–

(322)

(97)

(8,916)

(20)

(10,401)

(5,456)

7,501

(49)

1,996

2022
£’000

8,402

(30) 

–

–

8,372 

(284)

(1,073)

63

(8,500)

(9,794)

(71)

(1,921)

(243)

(604)

–

(1,436)

–

(4,275)

(5,697)

13,065

133

7,501

81

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Cash Flow Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Finance costs paid

Share options exercised

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 

Extension fee on revolving credit facility

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

25

6

23

24

25

16

2023
£’000

9,085

(73)

(76)

(8,916)

(20)

(9,085)

–

–

–

2022
£’000

1,507

(71)

–

(1,436)

–

(1,507)

–

–

–

82

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

1 Summary of material accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated and Company financial statements are set out below. 
These policies have been consistently applied to all of the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are 
for the Group consisting of Centaur Media Plc and its subsidiaries, and the Company, Centaur Media Plc. Centaur Media Plc is a public 
company limited by shares and incorporated in England and Wales.

(a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards (IFRS) and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The 
financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except where stated otherwise within the accounting policies.

In preparing the consolidated and Company financial statements management has considered the impact of climate change, taking into 
account the relevant disclosures in the Strategic Report, including those made in accordance with the recommendations of the Taskforce 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures. This included an assessment of assets with indefinite and long lives as well as impairment 
assessments of CGUs (including forecasted cash flows), and how they could be impacted by measures taken to address global warming. 
Recognising that the environmental impact of the Group’s operations, and the use of the Group’s services, is relatively low, no issues were 
identified that would impact the carrying values of such assets or have any other impact on the financial statements.

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have carefully assessed the Group’s ability to 
continue trading and have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for at least twelve months from the date of approval of these financial statements and for the foreseeable future, being the 
period in the viability statement on page 42.

At 31 December 2023, the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £1,996,000 (2022: £7,501,000) and short-term deposits of £7,500,000 
(2022: £8,500,000). Since March 2021, the Group has had a multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest. The facility consists of a 
committed £10m facility and an additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working 
capital and general corporate needs. In February 2024, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now 
runs to 31 March 2026. £nil of this was drawn down at 31 December 2023. 

The Group has net current liabilities at 31 December 2023 amounting to £2,929,000 (2022: net current assets £2,986,000). The net 
current liability position primarily arose from its normal high levels of deferred income relating to performance obligations to be delivered 
in the future rather than an inability to service its liabilities. In the prior year, there were the normal high levels of deferred income, 
however the higher levels of net cash in 2022 of £16,001,000 (note 1(b)) and the termination of a property lease resulting in nil lease 
liabilities at the balance sheet date resulted in achieving a net current asset position. A lease agreement for new office space was signed 
during the prior year, with a commencement date of 1 January 2023, and has been recognised in lease liabilities as at 31 December 2023. 
An assessment of cash flows for the next four financial years, which has taken into account the factors described above, has indicated an 
expected level of cash generation which would be sufficient to allow the Group to fully satisfy its working capital requirements and the 
guarantee given in respect of its UK subsidiaries, to cover all principal areas of expenditure, including maintenance, capital expenditure 
and taxation during this year, and to meet the financial covenants under the revolving credit facility. The Company has net current 
liabilities at 31 December 2023 amounting to £49,911,000 (2022: £35,633,000). In both the current and prior year, these almost entirely 
arose from unsecured payables to subsidiaries which have no fixed date of repayment. 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the 
year. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, events or actions, the actual results may 
ultimately differ from those estimates.

Having assessed the principal risks and the other matters discussed in connection with the Viability Statement on page 42 which 
considers the Group and Company’s viability over a three-year period to March 2027, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing both the consolidated financial statements of the Group and the financial statements of 
the Company.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for its annual reporting period commencing 1 January 2023:

•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies – amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2;

•  Definition of Accounting Estimates – amendments to IAS 8; and

•  Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – amendments to IAS 12.

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior periods and are not expected to significantly 
affect the current or future period. 

83

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain amendments to accounting standards have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2023 reporting periods and 
have not been early adopted by the group. These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or 
future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Prior year re-presentation 
Discontinued operations 

Where the requirements of IFRS 5 have been met, the operational results of closed brands have been presented in discontinued 
operations in the current period and re-presented as discontinued in the comparative period. See note 8 for more details.

(b) Presentation of non-statutory measures
In addition to IFRS statutory measures, the Directors use various non-GAAP key financial measures to evaluate the Group’s performance 
and consider that presentation of these measures provides shareholders with an additional understanding of the core trading 
performance of the Group. The measures used are explained and reconciled to their IFRS statutory headings below.

Adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per share
The Directors believe that adjusted results and adjusted earnings per share, split between continuing and discontinued operations, 
provide additional useful information on the core operational performance of the Group to shareholders, and review the results of 
the Group on an adjusted basis internally. The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS and may not therefore be comparable 
with similarly titled profit measurements reported by other companies. It is not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS 
measurements of profit.

Adjustments are made in respect of:

• 

Exceptional costs – the Group considers items of income and expense as exceptional and excludes them from the adjusted results 
where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-recurring in nature so as to assist the user of the 
financial statements to better understand the results of the core operations of the Group. Details of exceptional items are shown in 
note 4.

•  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets – the amortisation charge for those intangible assets recognised on business combinations 
is excluded from the adjusted results of the Group since they are non-cash charges arising from investment activities. As such, they 
are not considered reflective of the core trading performance of the Group. Details of amortisation of acquired intangible assets are 
shown in note 11.

•  Share-based payments – share-based payment expenses or credits are excluded from the adjusted results of the Group as the 

Directors believe that the volatility of these charges can distort the user’s view of the core trading performance of the Group. Details 
of share-based payments are shown in note 23.

•  Profit or loss on disposal of assets or subsidiaries – profit or loss on disposals of businesses are excluded from adjusted results of 

the Group as they are unrelated to core trading and can distort a user’s understanding of the performance of the Group due to their 
infrequent and volatile nature. See note 4.

•  Other separately reported items – certain other items are excluded from adjusted results where they are considered large or unusual 
enough to distort the comparability of core trading results year-on-year. Details of these separately disclosed items are shown in 
note 4.

The tax related to adjusting items is the tax effect of the items above that are allowable deductions for tax purposes, calculated using the 
standard rate of corporation tax. See note 7 for a reconciliation between reported and adjusted tax charges.

Further details of adjusting items are included in note 4. A reconciliation between adjusted and statutory earnings per share measures is 
shown in note 9.

84

www.centaurmedia.com1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
Profit before tax reconciles to adjusted operating profit as follows:

Profit before tax 

Adjusting items

 Exceptional operating costs

 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

 Gain on remeasurement of lease

 Lease termination fee

 Share-based payment expense

Adjusted profit before tax

Finance income

Finance costs

Adjusted operating profit 

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Note

4

11

19

12,19

23

6

6

2023
£’000

6,134

349

47

–

–

1,095

7,625

(266)

245

7,604

Re-presented2
2022
£’000
3,482

–

490

(151)

243

806

4,870

(85)

158

4,943

Adjusted operating cash flow
Adjusted operating cash flow is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as cash flow from operations excluding the impact of 
adjusting items, which are defined above, and including capital expenditure. The Directors use this measure to assess the performance 
of the Group as it excludes volatile items not related to the core trading of the Group and includes the Group’s management of capital 
expenditure. Statutory cash flow from operations reconciles to adjusted operating cash as below:

Reported cash flow from operating activities

Cash outflow of adjusting items from operations

Adjusted operating cash flow

Capital expenditure

Post capital expenditure cash flow

Our cash conversion rate for the year was 80% (2022: 99%). 

Note
25

2023
£’000

7,303

472

7,775

(2,055)

5,720

2022
£’000
8,402

–

8,402

(1,357)

7,045

Underlying revenue growth
The Directors review underlying revenue growth in order to allow a like-for-like comparison of revenue between years. Underlying 
revenue therefore excludes the impact of revenue contribution arising from acquired or disposed businesses and other revenue streams 
that are not expected to be ongoing in future years. There were no exclusions for underlying revenue in the current or prior year. Statutory 
revenue growth is equal to underlying revenue growth and is as follows:

Reported and underlying revenue 2022 (re-presented2)

Reported and underlying revenue 2023

Reported and underlying revenue growth

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Xeim
£’000
30,083

28,968

(4)%

The Lawyer
£’000
8,301

8,361

1%

Total
£’000
38,384

37,329

(3)%

85

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of 
tangible assets and amortisation and impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business combination. It is used 
by the Directors as a measure to review performance of the Group and forms the basis of some of the Group’s financial covenants under 
its revolving credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows:

Adjusted operating profit (as above)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of computer software

Adjusted EBITDA

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Note 

3,12

3,11

2023
£’000

7,604

1,133

930

9,667

Re-presented2
2022
£’000
4,943

2,028

1,136

8,107

Net cash 
Net cash is not a measure defined by IFRS. Net cash is calculated as cash and cash equivalents, plus short-term deposits less overdrafts 
and bank borrowings under the Group’s financing arrangements. The Directors consider the measure useful as it gives greater clarity over 
the Group’s liquidity as a whole. Group net cash is calculated as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term deposits

Net cash

Note 
16

17

2023
£’000

1,996

7,500

9,496

2022
£’000
7,501

8,500

16,001

(c) Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Centaur Media Plc and all of its subsidiaries after elimination 
of intercompany transactions and balances. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the Group 
and Company’s functional and presentation currency. 

(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group until the date that the Group ceases to 
control them. 

(ii) Employee Benefit Trust
The Centaur Employees’ Benefit Trust (‘Employee Benefit Trust’) is a trust established by Trust deed in 2006 for the granting of shares 
to applicable employees. Its assets and liabilities are held separately from the Company and are fully consolidated in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. Holdings of Centaur Media Plc shares by the Employee Benefit Trust are shown within the ‘own shares’ 
reserve as a deduction from consolidated equity.

86

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
(d) Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring promised goods or services to the customer. Judgement may arise in timing and allocation of transaction price when there 
are multiple performance obligations in one contract. However, an annual impact assessment is performed which has confirmed that 
the impact is immaterial in both the current year and comparative year. Revenue arises from the sales of premium content, training and 
advisory, events, marketing solutions and recruitment advertising in the normal course of business, net of discounts and relevant sales  
tax. Goods and services exchanged as part of a barter transaction are recognised in revenue at the fair value of the goods and services 
provided. Returns, refunds and other similar allowances, which have historically been low in volume and immaterial in magnitude, are 
accounted for as a reduction in revenue as they arise.

Where revenue is deferred it is held as a balance in deferred income on the consolidated statement of financial position. At any given 
reporting date, this deferred income is current in nature and is expected to be recognised wholly in revenue in the following financial year, 
with the exception of returns and credit notes, which have historically been low in volume and immaterial in magnitude. 

The Group recognises revenue earned from contracts as individual performance obligations are met, on a stand-alone selling price basis. 
This is when value and control of the product or service has transferred, being when the product is delivered to the customer or the 
period in which the services are rendered as set out in more detail below.

Premium Content
Revenue from subscriptions is deferred and recognised on a straight-line basis over the subscription period, reflecting the continuous 
provision of paid content services over this time. Revenue from individual publication sales is recognised at the point at which the 
publication is delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for premium content at the start of the contract.

Training and Advisory
Revenue from training and advisory is deferred and recognised over the period of the training or when a separately identifiable milestone 
of a contract has been delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for training and advisory up front or on a milestone 
basis as the service is delivered.

Events
Consideration received in advance for events is deferred and revenue is recognised at the point in time at which the event takes place. In 
general, the Group bills customers for events before the event date.

Marketing Solutions
Marketing solutions revenue from display and bespoke campaigns is recognised over the period that the service is provided. In general, 
the Group bills customers for marketing solutions on delivery.

Recruitment Advertising
Sales of online recruitment advertising space are recognised in revenue over the period during which the advertisements are placed. 
Sales of recruitment advertising space in publications are recognised at the point at which the publication occurs. In general, the Group 
bills customers for recruitment advertising on delivery.

(e) Investments
In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value. 

Investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment loss 
is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the investments fair value less cost of disposal and its value-in-
use. An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. 
Any impairment is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. If there has been a change in the estimates used to determine 
the investment’s recoverable amount, impairment losses that have been recognised in prior periods may be reversed. This reversal is 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

87

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
(f) Income tax
The tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred tax.

Current tax is based on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years, and it further 
includes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group and Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities 
are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profits will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from goodwill or the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a 
transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is 
settled, or the asset is realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, except when 
it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity or other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is recognised in 
equity or other comprehensive income respectively.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 

(g) Leases
Lessee accounting
Under IFRS 16, leases are accounted for on a ‘right-of-use model’ reflecting that, at the commencement date, the Group as a lessee has 
a financial obligation to make lease payments to the lessor for its right to use the underlying asset during the lease term. The financial 
obligation is recognised as a lease liability, and the right to use the underlying asset is recognised as a right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset. The 
ROU assets are recognised within property, plant and equipment on the face of the consolidated statement of financial position and are 
presented separately in note 12. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments using the rate implicit in the lease or, where that cannot 
be readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate (‘IBR’). The incremental borrowing rate is estimated to discount future lease 
payments to measure the present value of the lease liability at the lease commencement date. Such a rate is based on what the Group 
estimates the lessee would have to pay a third party to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use 
asset, with similar terms, security and economic environment. Subsequently, the lease liability is measured at amortised cost, with interest 
increasing the carrying amount and lease payments reducing the carrying amount. The carrying amount is remeasured to reflect any 
reassessment or lease modifications, or to reflect revised in-substance fixed lease payments.

The ROU asset is initially measured at cost which comprises:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;

any initial direct costs; and

an estimate of costs to be incurred at the end of the lease term.

Subsequently, the ROU asset is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated to 
write off the cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Using the exemption available under IFRS 16, the Group elects not to apply the requirements above to:

•  Short-term leases; and

• 

Leases for which the underlying asset is of a low value.

In these cases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, or another 
systematic basis if that basis is more representative of the agreement.

88

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
(h) Impairment of assets
Assets that are subject to depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may 
not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the asset’s fair value less 
cost of disposal and its value-in-use. An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax 
weighted average cost of capital.

(i) Intangible assets
(i) Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships 
Separately acquired brands and publishing rights are shown at historical cost. Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships 
acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They have a finite useful life and are subsequently 
carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

(ii) Software 
Computer software that is not integral to the operation of the related hardware is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Costs 
associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate probable future 
economic benefits in excess of costs are recognised as intangible assets when the criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are met. They are 
carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

(iii) Amortisation methods and periods
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost or fair value of intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the expected useful economic 
lives to the Group over the following periods:

Computer software

Brands and publishing rights

Customer relationships

– 3 to 5 years

– 5 to 20 years

– 3 to 10 years or over the term of any specified contract

Goodwill has an indefinite life and is tested for impairment annually at a Group level or whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

(j) Property, plant and equipment
See note 1(g) for right-of-use assets. All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment losses. The historical cost of property, plant and equipment is the purchase cost together with any incidental direct costs 
of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value, of assets, on a straight-line basis over the 
expected useful economic lives to the Group over the following periods:

Fixtures and fittings

Computer equipment

Right-of-use assets

– 5 to 10 years

– 3 to 5 years

– over the lease term

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each reporting year, with the effect of 
any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

89

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
(k) Employee benefits
(i) Share-based payments
The Group operates several equity-settled share-based payment plans, under which the Group receives services from employees in 
consideration for equity instruments (share options and shares) of the Company. Information relating to these plans is set out in note 23.

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. Fair value is measured using either a Monte Carlo 
simulation (stochastic) model or Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for 
the grant of share awards and options is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of the number of options or shares that will eventually vest. Non-market-based performance or service vesting conditions (for 
example profitability and remaining as an employee of the entity over a specified time period) are included in assumptions about the 
number of share awards and options that are expected to vest. Market-based performance criteria is reflected in the measurement of fair 
value at the date of grant.

The impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a 
corresponding adjustment to equity, such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate. The cumulative share-based payment 
expense held in reserves is recycled into retained earnings when the share awards or options lapse or are exercised. When options are 
exercised, shares are either transferred to the employee from the Employee Benefit Trust or by issuing new shares. The social security 
contributions payable in connection with the grant of share awards is treated as a cash-settled transaction.

The award by the Company of share-based payment awards over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings 
in the Group is treated as a capital contribution only if it is left unsettled. The fair value of employee services received, measured by 
reference to the grant date fair value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with 
a corresponding credit to equity.

A deferred tax asset is recognised on share options based on the intrinsic value of the options, which is calculated as the difference 
between the fair value of the shares under option at the reporting date and exercise price of the share options. The deferred tax asset is 
utilised when the share options are exercised or released when share options lapse. The accounting policy regarding deferred tax is set 
out above in note 1(f). 

(l) Equity
(i) Share capital
Ordinary and deferred shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are 
shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buyback or share-based 
payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity 
attributable to the owners of the Company as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are 
subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income 
tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company.

Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust are disclosed as own shares and deducted from equity.

(ii) Own shares
Own shares consist of treasury shares and shares held within the Employee Benefit Trust. 

Own shares are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received for the sale of 
such shares is also recognised in equity, with any excess of consideration received between the sale proceeds and the original cost being 
recognised in share premium. No gain or loss is recognised in the financial statements on transactions in treasury shares.

(m) Financial instruments
The Group has applied IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ as outlined below:

(i) Financial assets
The Group classifies and measures its financial assets in line with one of the three measurement models under IFRS 9: at amortised cost, 
fair value through profit or loss, and fair value through other comprehensive income. Management determines the classification of its 
financial assets based on the requirements of IFRS 9 at initial recognition.

90

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED1 Summary of material accounting policies continued
(ii) Trade receivables
Trade receivables are accounted for under IFRS 9, being recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost less any 
allowance for expected lifetime credit losses under the ‘expected credit loss’ model. As mandated by IFRS 9, the expected lifetime credit 
losses are calculated using the ‘simplified’ approach.

A provision matrix is used to calculate the allowance for expected lifetime credit losses on trade receivables which is based on historical 
default rates over the expected life of the trade receivables and is adjusted for forward-looking estimates. The allowance for expected 
lifetime credit losses is established by considering, on a discounted basis, the cash shortfalls it would incur in various default scenarios 
for prescribed future periods and multiplying those shortfalls by the probability of each scenario occurring. The historical loss rates are 
adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the 
receivables. The allowance is the sum of these probability weighted outcomes. The allowance and any changes to it are recognised in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income within net operating expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written 
off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against net 
operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group defines a default as failure of a debtor to repay 
an amount due as this is the time at which our estimate of future cash flows from the debtor is affected.

(iii) Financial liabilities
Debt and trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value based on amounts exchanged, net of transaction costs, and 
subsequently at amortised cost. 

(iv) Receivables from and payables to subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust
The Company has amounts receivable from and payable to subsidiaries and the receivable from the Employee Benefit Trust which are 
recognised at fair value. Amounts receivable from subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust are assessed annually for recoverability 
under the requirements of IFRS 9.

(n) Key accounting assumptions, estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires the use of certain key accounting assumptions and requires management to 
exercise its judgement and to make estimates. Those that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated 
financial statements or have the most risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year are discussed below.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
(i) Carrying value of goodwill, other intangible assets and Company investment estimate
In assessing whether goodwill, other intangible assets and the Company’s investment are impaired, the Group uses a discounted cash 
flow model which includes forecast cash flows and estimates of future growth. If the results of operations in future periods are lower 
than included in the cash flow model, impairments may be triggered. A sensitivity analysis has been performed on the value-in-use 
calculations. Further details of the assumptions and sensitivities in the discounted cash flow model are included in notes 10 and 13.

Critical accounting judgements
(ii) Adjusting items judgement
The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS. Judgement is required to ensure that the classification and presentation of certain 
items as adjusting, including exceptional costs, is appropriate and consistent with the Group’s accounting policy. Further details about the 
amounts classified as adjusting are included in notes 1(b) and 4. 

Other areas of judgement and accounting estimates 
The consolidated financial statements include other areas of judgement and accounting estimates. While these areas do not meet the 
definition under IAS 1 of significant accounting estimates or critical accounting judgements, the recognition and measurement of certain 
material assets and liabilities are based on assumptions and/or are subject to longer-term uncertainties. The other areas of judgement and 
accounting estimates are:

•  Deferred tax (estimation of forecasted future taxable profits) refer to notes 1(f) and 14;

• 

• 

Lease liabilities (lease term judgement) refer to notes 1(g) and 19; 

Lease liabilities (IBR estimate) refer to notes 1(g) and 19; and

•  Share-based payment expense (estimation of fair value) refer to notes 1(k)(i) and 23.

91

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2 Segmental reporting
The Group is organised around two reportable market-facing segments: Xeim and The Lawyer. These two segments derive revenue 
from a combination of premium content, training and advisory, events, marketing solutions and recruitment advertising. Overhead costs 
are allocated to these segments on an appropriate basis, depending on the nature of the costs, including in proportion to revenue or 
headcount. Corporate income and costs have been presented separately as ‘Central’. The Group believes this is the most appropriate 
presentation of segmental reporting for the user to understand the core operations of the Group. There is no inter-segmental revenue. 
Refer to note 8 for details on the discontinued operations. 

Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets (including goodwill) and trade receivables. Segment 
liabilities primarily comprise trade payables, accruals and deferred income. 

Corporate assets and liabilities primarily comprise property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, current and deferred tax balances, 
cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and lease liabilities.

Capital expenditure comprises purchases of additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

2023

Revenue

Adjusted operating  
profit / (loss)

Exceptional operating costs

Amortisation of acquired 
intangibles

Loss on disposal of assets

Note

1(b)

4

11

4

Share-based payment expense

23

6

6

7

Operating profit / (loss)

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit / (loss) before tax

Taxation

Profit / (loss) for the year

Segment assets

Corporate assets

Consolidated total assets

Segment liabilities

Corporate liabilities

Consolidated total liabilities

Other items

Capital expenditure (tangible 
and intangible assets)

Xeim
£’000

28,968

The Lawyer
£’000

8,361

Central
£’000

Continuing 
operations
£’000

Discontinued 
operations
£’000

–

37,329

2,006

7,447

(297)

(47)

–

(369)

6,734

3,022

–

–

–

(117)

2,905

(2,865)

(52)

–

–

(609)

(3,526)

35,345

–

17,911

–

–

10,891

(11,391)

(3,780)

–

–

–

(3,782)

7,604

(349)

(47)

–

(1,095)

6,113

266

(245)

6,134

(807)

5,327

53,256

10,891

64,147

(15,171)

(3,782)

(18,953)

42

(454)

(31)

(56)

–

(499)

–

–

(499)

22

(477)

70

–

70

(196)

–

(196)

Group
£’000

39,335

7,646

(803)

(78)

(56)

(1,095)

5,614

266

(245)

5,635

(785)

4,850

53,326

10,891

64,217

(15,367)

(3,782)

(19,149)

1,870

104

73

2,047

8

2,055

92

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED2 Segmental reporting continued

Re-presented2
2022

Revenue

Note

Adjusted operating profit / (loss)

1(b)

Amortisation of acquired 
intangibles

Gain on remeasurement of lease

Lease termination fee

11

19

12,19

Share-based payment expense

23

Operating profit / (loss)

Xeim
£’000
30,083

5,771

(490)

118

(190)

(260)

4,949

The Lawyer
£’000
8,301

2,474

–

27

(43)

(72)

2,386

6

6

7

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year

Segment assets

Corporate assets

Consolidated total assets

Segment liabilities

Corporate liabilities

Consolidated total liabilities

Other items

Capital expenditure (tangible and 
intangible assets)

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

33,550

17,391

(10,666)

(2,778)

Central
£’000
–

(3,302)

–

6

(10)

(474)

(3,780)

–

15,649

–

(4,640)

Continuing 
operations
£’000
38,384

Discontinued 
operations
£’000
3,209

4,943

(490)

151

(243)

(806)

3,555

85

(158)

3,482

(930)

2,552

50,941

15,649

66,590

(13,444)

(4,640)

(18,084)

354

(31)

–

–

–

323

–

–

323

(75)

248

793

–

793

(473)

–

(473)

Group
£’000

41,593

5,297

(521)

151

(243)

(806)

3,878

85

(158)

3,805

(1,005)

2,800

51,734

15,649

67,383

(13,917)

(4,640)

(18,557)

1,143

147

67

1,357

–

1,357

Supplemental information
Revenue by geographical location 
The Group’s revenue from continuing operations from external customers by geographical location is detailed below:

United Kingdom

Europe (excluding United Kingdom)

North America

Rest of world

Xeim
2023
£’000

The Lawyer
2023
£’000

 15,766 

7,203

4,743

 4,210

 4,249

503

495

160

Total
2023
£’000

22,969

 5,246

4,705

4,409

Re-presented2
Xeim
2022
£’000
 17,033 

The Lawyer
2022
£’000
6,882

Re-presented2
Total
2022
£’000
23,915

5,162

 4,534

 3,354

609

628

182

 5,771

5,162

3,536

 28,968 

 8,361 

 37,329 

 30,083 

 8,301 

 38,384 

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Substantially all of the Group’s net assets are located in the United Kingdom. The Directors therefore consider that the Group currently 
operates in a single geographical segment, being the United Kingdom. Refer to note 13 for the location of the Group’s subsidiaries.

93

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
2 Segmental reporting continued
Revenue by type
The Group’s revenue from continuing operations by type is as follows:

Premium Content

Training and Advisory

Events

Marketing Solutions

Recruitment Advertising

Xeim
2023
£’000

9,998

 14,858 

 2,096 

 1,912 

 104 

 28,968 

The Lawyer
2023
£’000

5,156

Total
2023
£’000

15,154

Re-presented2
Xeim
2022
£’000
9,980

The Lawyer
2022
£’000
4,748

Re-presented2
Total
2022
£’000
14,728

– 

 14,858 

 3,876 

 2,338 

 1,103 

 1,780 

 426 

 999 

 8,361 

 14,431 

 2,548 

 2,870 

254 

 37,329 

 30,083 

– 

 1,998 

 565 

 990 

 8,301 

 14,431 

 4,546 

 3,435 

 1,244 

 38,384 

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The accounting policies for each of these revenue streams is disclosed in note 1(d), including the timing of revenue recognition. There are 
some contracts for which revenue has not yet been recognised and is being held in deferred income, see note 20. This deferred income 
is all current and is expected to be recognised as revenue in 2024.

3 Net operating expenses
Operating profit / (loss) is stated after charging:

Re-presented2
Adjusted
Results1
2022
£’000

Re-presented2
Adjusting
Items1
2022
£’000

Re-presented2
Statutory
Results
2022
£’000

Statutory
Results
2023
£’000

17,121

(435)

349

17,413 

(403)

–

1,133 

2,028 

977

–

1,095

(106) 

2,336 

1,489 

275 

6,982 

31,216

13,686 

28 

17,502 

31,216 

1,136 

–

– 

(29) 

2,463 

1,618 

412 

8,803 

33,441 

14,149 

60 

19,232 

33,441 

–

–

–

243

490

(151)

806

– 

–

–

–

–

1,388

–

–

1,388 

1,388 

17,413

(403)

–

2,271 

1,626

(151)

806

(29) 

2,463 

1,618 

412 

8,803 

34,829

14,149 

60 

20,620 

34,829 

Employee benefits expense

Capitalised employee benefits

Exceptional operating costs

Depreciation of property, plant 
and equipment

Amortisation of intangible 
assets

Gain on remeasurement of 
lease

Note

5

5,11

4

4,12

4,11

4,19

Share-based payment expense

4,23

 26 

Net impairment of trade 
receivables

IT expenditure

Marketing expenditure

Other staff-related costs

Other operating expenses

Cost of sales

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Adjusted
Results1
2023
£’000

Adjusting
Items1
2023
£’000

17,121 

(435)

–

1,133 

930 

–

– 

(106) 

2,336 

1,489 

275 

6,982 

29,725 

13,686 

28 

16,011 

29,725 

–

–

349

–

47

–

1,095

– 

–

–

–

–

1,491

–

–

1,491 

1,491 

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b).

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

94

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
 
 
 
3 Net operating expenses continued
Services provided by the Company and Group’s auditor

Fees payable for the audit of Company and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable for the interim financial statement review

Total fees paid to the Company and Group’s auditor

4 Adjusting items
As discussed in note 1(b), certain items are presented as adjusting. These are detailed below: 

Continuing operations

Exceptional operating costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Gain on remeasurement of lease 

Lease termination fee 

Share-based payment expense

Adjusting items before tax

Tax relating to adjusting items

Total adjusting items after tax for continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Exceptional operating costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Loss on disposal of assets 

Tax relating to adjusting items

Total adjusting items after tax for discontinued operations

Total adjusting items after tax 

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

2023
£’000

128

12

140

2023
£’000

349

47 

–

–

1,095 

1,491 

(410)

1,081

454 

31 

56

(127) 

414

1,495

2022
£’000
120

11

131

Re-presented2
2022
£’000

–

490 

(151)

243

806 

1,388 

(264)

1,124

– 

31 

–

(6)

25

1,149

Note

11

19

12,19

23

7

8

11

11

7

Exceptional operating costs
In the current year, exceptional operating costs in continuing operations of £349,000 relate to strategic restructuring of the Group as 
it prepares for the next phase of growth following MAP23. This includes £317,000 of staff related restructuring costs and £32,000 of 
associated professional fees.

Exceptional operating costs in discontinued operations of £454,000 were incurred during the year due to the closure of the Really B2B 
and Design Week brands within Xeim. This includes £393,000 of staff related restructuring costs and £61,000 relating to professional fees 
and onerous contracts.

Loss on disposal of assets
In the current year the loss on disposal of assets in discontinued operations of £56,000 consists of a loss on disposal of computer software 
of £7,000 and a loss on disposal of acquired intangibles relating to the Really B2B brand of £49,000. Refer to note 11 for further details. 

Termination of lease 
As a result of the termination of the London property lease in the prior year, a net gain of £151,000 was recognised on remeasurement of the 
lease liability and respective proportionate adjustment to the ROU asset. The termination fee was included in the measurement of the ROU 
asset at the time of the remeasurement, therefore the £243,000 was recognised in depreciation in 2022. Refer to note 19 for further details.

Other adjusting items
Other adjusting items relate to the amortisation of acquired intangible assets (see note 11) and share-based payment costs (see note 23).

95

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Re-presented2
2022
Continuing
Group
£’000

Re-presented2
2022
Discontinued
Group
£’000

Re-presented2
2022
Total
Group
£’000

5 Directors and employees

Group

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Note

Employee benefits expense

Capitalised employee benefits

Exceptional staff related 
restructuring costs

11

4

Share-based payment expense

23

2023
Continuing
Group
£’000

14,522

1,696

903

17,121

(435)

317

1,095

18,098

2023
Discontinued
Group
£’000

1,126

129

83

1,338

–

393

–

1,731

2023
Total
Group
£’000

15,648

1,825

986

18,459

(435)

710

1,095

19,829

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Company
Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Employee benefits expense

Share-based payment expense

14,723

1,863

827

17,413

(403)

–

806

17,816

Note

23

The average number of employees employed during the year, including Executive Directors, was:

Xeim

The Lawyer

Central

Discontinued

2023
Group
Number

167 

56 

10 

24 

257 

Re-presented2
2022
Group
Number
169 

58 

10 

32 

269 

1,379

155

87

1,621

–

–

–

1,621

 2023
Company
£’000

1,499 

205

47 

1,751 

534 

2,285

2023
Company
Number

–

–

4

–

4

16,102

2,018

914

19,034

(403)

–

806

19,437

2022
Company
£’000
1,464 

221

50 

1,735 

424 

2,159

2022
Company
Number
–

–

4

–

4

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The Group’s employees are employed and paid by Centaur Communications Limited, a Group company, with the exception of the  
employees directly employed by the Company. 

Key management compensation

Salaries and short-term employment benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payment expense

2023
£’000

1,680 

100 

691

2,471

2022
£’000
1,583 

78 

590

2,251

Key management is defined as the Executive Directors and Executive Committee members.

1,485,000 shares were exercised by Directors during the year at a share price of 37.0 pence. (2022: 201,355 shares were exercised by 
Directors at a share price of 40.0 pence). Details of Directors’ remuneration are included in the Remuneration Committee Report between 
pages 56 and 70.

96

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
 
6 Finance income and costs

Finance income

Interest income from short-term deposits

Interest income from cash and cash equivalents

Finance costs

Commitment fees and amortisation of arrangement fee in respect of revolving credit facility

Interest on lease 

Other finance costs

Net finance income / (costs)

Note

17

19

2023
£’000

235

31

266

(106)

(89)

(50)

(245)

21

2022
£’000

68

17

85

(105)

(51)

(2)

(158)

(73)

Interest income from short-term deposits
Interest income from short-term deposits is calculated using the effective interest method and is recognised in profit or loss. Finance 
income in relation to these short-term deposits resulted in cash inflows to the Group of £189,000 during the year (2022: £46,000). 

Fees on revolving credit facility
These finance costs are in relation to the Group’s £10m revolving credit facility, none of which was drawn down at 31 December 2023 (2022: 
£nil). As indicated by the consolidated cash flow statement, there were no drawdowns from this facility during the current and prior year. 
Finance costs in relation to this facility resulted in cash outflows by the Company and Group of £73,000 during the year (2022: £71,000). 

Lease interest
A lease liability was recognised for the Group’s property lease. £89,000 of interest on this lease was incurred during the year (2022: 
£51,000). Refer to notes 1(g) and 19 for further details.

7 Taxation

2023
Continuing
£’000

2023
Discontinued
£’000

Note

2023
Total
£’000

Re-presented2
2022
Continuing
£’000

Re-presented2
2022
Discontinued
£’000

Re-presented2
2022
Total
£’000

Analysis of charge / (credit)  
for the year

Current tax

Overseas tax

Adjustments in respect  
of prior years

Deferred tax

Current period

Adjustments in respect of  
prior years

21

14

Taxation charge / (credit)

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

24

1,346

1,370

1,193

(1,756)

(563)

807

–

–

–

(22)

–

(22)

(22)

24

1,346

1,370

1,171

(1,756)

(585)

785

(3)

68

65

838

27

865

930

–

–

–

75

–

75

75

(3)

68

65

913

27

940

1,005

97

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
7 Taxation continued
The taxation charge / (credit) for the year can be reconciled to the profit / (loss) before tax in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income as follows:

Profit / (loss) before tax

Tax at the UK rate of corporation tax of 
23.5% (2022: 19.0%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax 
purposes

Additional deduction for capital 
allowances

Share-based payments

Effects of changes in tax rate on 
deferred tax balances

Use of losses

Different tax rates of subsidiaries in 
other jurisdictions

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Taxation charge / (credit)

2023
Continuing
£’000

6,134

2023
Discontinued
£’000

(499)

2023
Total
£’000

5,635

Re-presented2
2022
Continuing
£’000
3,482

Re-presented2
2022
Discontinued
£’000
323

Re-presented2
2022
Total
£’000
3,805

1,441

(117)

1,324

662

14 

(8)

(52)

(82)

(93)

(3)

(410)

807

3 

–

–

(1)

93

–

–

(22)

17 

18 

(8)

(52)

(83)

–

(3)

(410)

785

(86)

2

239

–

–

95

930

61

–

–

–

14

–

–

–

75

723

18 

(86)

2

253

–

–

95

1,005

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

In the Spring Budget 2021, the UK Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the corporation tax rate would increase to 25% (rather 
than remaining at 19%, as previously enacted). This new law was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. For the financial year ended 31 
December 2023, the current weighted averaged tax rate was 23.5%. Temporary differences are remeasured using the enacted tax rates 
that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset realised.

During the current year, the Group’s tax losses from 31 December 2021 were carried forward rather than being surrendered by way of 
group relief against the 2022 taxable profits. This contrasts with the position that was reflected in the financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. This results in additional taxable profits of £6,926,000 in 2022 and a corresponding increase in tax losses 
brought forward at 1 January 2023. Therefore in the current period, adjustments in respect of prior year have been made to current tax 
(£1,346,000) and deferred tax (£1,872,000) to reflect the recognition of these tax losses as a deferred tax asset instead of reducing the 
current tax charge relating to 2022.

A reconciliation between the reported tax charge / (credit) and the adjusted tax charge taking account of adjusting items as discussed in 
note 1(b) and 4 is shown below:

Reported tax charge / (credit)

Effects of:

Exceptional operating costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets 

Loss on disposal of assets

Gain on remeasurement of lease

Share-based payments

Adjusted tax charge 

2023
Continuing
£’000

2023
Discontinued
£’000

807

82

–

–

–

328

1,217

(22)

107

9

11

–

–

105

2023
Total
£’000

785

189

9

11

–

328

1,322

Re-presented2
2022
Continuing
£’000
930

Re-presented2
2022
Discontinued
£’000
75

Re-presented2
2022
Total
£’000
1,005

–

102

–

(36)

198

1,194

–

6

–

–

–

81

–

108

–

(36)

198

1,275

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

98

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED8 Discontinued operations
In December 2023, the Group closed the Really B2B (‘Really’) and Design Week (‘DW’) brands within Xeim in line with the Group’s strategy 
to prioritise higher quality revenue and profit margin growth.

The results of the discontinued operations, which were included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and 
consolidated cash flow statement, were as follows:

Statement of comprehensive income

Revenue

Expenses

Loss on disposal of assets

(Loss) / profit before tax

Attributable tax credit / (charge)

Statutory (loss) / profit after tax 

Add back adjusting items1:

Exceptional operating costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets

Loss on disposal of assets

Tax relating to adjusting items1

Total adjusting items1

Adjusted profit / (loss)1 attributable to 
discontinued operations after tax

Really
2023
£’000

1,787

(2,181)

(56)

(450)

22

(428)

402

31

56

(115)

374

(54)

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b).

Cash flows
Net operating cash flows

Investing cash flows

Financing cash flows

Total cash flows

Really
2023
£’000

8

(8)

–

–

DW
2023
£’000

219

(268)

–

(49)

–

(49)

52

–

–

(12)

40

(9)

DW
2023
£’000

–

–

–

–

Total
2023
£’000

2,006

(2,449)

(56)

(499)

22

(477)

454

31

56

(127)

414

(63)

Total
2023
£’000

8

(8)

–

–

Really
2022
£’000

2,850

(2,679)

–

171

(39)

132

–

31

–

(6)

25

157

Really
2022
£’000
–

–

–

–

DW
2022
£’000

359

(207)

–

152

(36)

116

–

–

–

–

–

Total
2022
£’000

3,209

(2,886)

–

323

(75)

248

–

31

–

(6)

25

116

273

DW
2022
£’000
–

–

–

–

Total
2022
£’000
–

–

–

–

The operating cash flows of discontinued operations largely follow the trade activities of these operations. There were no material 
investing or financing cash flows in 2022 and 2023.

9 Earnings / (loss) per share
Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year. 1,878,628 (2022: 3,112,784) shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust and 4,550,179 (2022: 
4,550,179) shares held in treasury (see note 22) have been excluded in arriving at the weighted average number of shares.

For diluted earnings per share the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all deferred 
shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares. This comprises share options and awards granted to Directors and employees under the Group’s 
share-based payment plans where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.

99

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
9 Earnings / (loss) per share continued
Basic and diluted earnings per share have also been presented on an adjusted basis, as the Directors believe that these measures are 
more reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. These have been calculated as follows:

2023
Adjusted 
Results1
£’000

2023
 Adjusting 
Items1
£’000

2023 
Statutory 
Results
£’000

Re-presented2
2022 
Adjusted 
Results1
£’000

Re-presented2
2022 
Adjusting  
Items1
£’000

Re-presented2
2022 
Statutory 
Results
£’000

6,408

(1,081)

5,327

3,676

(1,124)

2,552

Continuing operations (£’000) 
Profit / (loss) for the year from continuing 
operations

Number of shares (thousands)

Basic weighted average number of shares

Effect of dilutive securities – options

143,789

8,591

143,789

8,591

143,789

8,591

Diluted weighted average number of shares

152,380

152,380

152,380

143,813

7,638

151,451

143,813

7,638

151,451

143,813

7,638

151,451

Earnings / (loss) per share from continuing 
operations (pence) 

Basic from continuing operations

Fully diluted from continuing operations

Discontinued operations (£’000) 
Profit / (loss) for the year from discontinued 
operations

Number of shares (thousands)

4.4

4.2

(0.7)

(0.7)

3.7

3.5

2.6

2.5

(0.8)

(0.8)

1.8

1.7

(63)

(414)

(477)

273

(25)

248

Basic weighted average number of shares

Effect of dilutive securities – options

143,789

8,591

143,789

8,591

143,789

8,591

Diluted weighted average number of shares

152,380

152,380

152,380

143,813

7,638

151,451

143,813

7,638

151,451

143,813

7,638

151,451

Earnings / (loss) per share from 
discontinued operations (pence) 

Basic from discontinued operations

Fully diluted from discontinued operations

Continuing and discontinued  
operations (£’000) 
Profit / (loss) for the year attributable to 
owners of parent

Number of shares (thousands)

–

–

(0.3)

(0.3)

(0.3)

(0.3)

0.1

0.1

–

–

0.1

0.1

6,345

(1,495)

4,850

3,949

(1,149)

2,800

Basic weighted average number of shares

Effect of dilutive securities – options

143,789

8,591

143,789

8,591

143,789

8,591

Diluted weighted average number of shares

152,380

152,380

152,380

143,813

7,638

151,451

143,813

7,638

151,451

143,813

7,638

151,451

Earnings / (loss) per share from continuing 
and discontinued  
operations (pence) 

Basic earnings per share

Fully diluted earnings per share

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in notes 1(b) and 4.

2  2 See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

100

4.4

4.2

(1.0)

(1.0)

3.4

3.2

2.7

2.6

(0.8)

(0.8)

1.9

1.8

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
10 Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

Net book value

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

Group
 £’000

81,109

39,947

41,162

At 31 December 2023 a full impairment assessment has been carried out. No impairment is required for the carrying value of goodwill. 
(2022: £nil).

Goodwill by segment 
Each brand is deemed to be a cash generating unit (‘CGU’), being the lowest level at which cash flows are separately identifiable. 
Goodwill is attributed to individual CGUs and has historically been reviewed at the operating segment level for the purposes of the annual 
impairment review as this is the level at which management monitors goodwill.

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

Xeim
£’000

25,188

The Lawyer
£’000

15,974

Total
£’000

41,162

Impairment testing of goodwill and acquired intangible assets
At 31 December 2023, goodwill and acquired intangible assets (see note 11) were tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In 
assessing whether an impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets is required, the carrying value of the segment is compared 
with its recoverable amount. Recoverable amounts are measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’).

The Group estimates the VIU of its CGUs using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the 
assets and discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 10.8% (2022: 9.9%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted 
average cost of capital and is used across all segments, which are all based predominantly in the UK and considered to have similar risks 
and rewards.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, adjusted1 EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal 
growth rate. These have been derived from a combination of experience and management’s expectations of future growth rates in the 
business. The Group has used the four-year plan forecast to 2027 for the first four years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth 
rate of 2.5% (2022: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s 
revenue. The four-year plan forecast to 2027 has been prepared brand by brand on a bottom-up basis following a review of the business 
where management has identified higher quality revenue streams for growth and focus, which will deliver the targets set out below, and 
conversely which areas of the business will be de-prioritised. Overall the four-year plan forecast to 2027 assumes continued profit growth 
reflecting top line expansion in key brands, while managing the impact of projected inflationary pressures.

The key assumptions and variables in this plan are sensitised in isolation and in combination. The main sensitivities applied to the key 
drivers are outlined below. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the effect of reasonably possible 
changes in the assumptions.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on the VIU calculations, holding all other variables constant, to:

i. 

apply a 10% reduction to forecast adjusted1 EBITDA in each year of the modelled cash flows. No impairment would occur in either of 
the segments. 

ii.  apply a 2 percentage point increase in discount rate from 10.8% to 12.8%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

iii.  reduce the terminal value growth rate from 2.5% to 1.5%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the goodwill or acquired intangible 
assets of either CGU is required for the year ended 31 December 2023.

101

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
11 Other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2022

Additions - separately acquired

Additions - internally generated

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Additions - separately acquired

Additions - internally generated

Disposals

At 31 December 2023

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2022

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2023

Net book value at 31 December 2023

Net book value at 31 December 2022

Net book value at 1 January 2022

 Computer 
software
£’000

 Brands and 
publishing 
rights
£’000

 Customer 
relationships
£’000

 Separately 
acquired 
websites and 
content
£’000

Total
£’000

19,631 

1,380 

11,321 

3,216 

35,548 

763 

403

(197)

21

20,621 

1,541

435

(10,464)

12,133

17,562

1,136 

(197)

21

18,522

931

(10,457)

8,996

3,137

 2,099 

 2,069 

– 

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

– 

–

– 

–

763 

403

(197)

21

1,380 

11,321 

3,216 

36,538

– 

–

(247)

1,133 

769 

99

–

–

868 

78

(198)

748 

385

512

 611 

– 

–

(1,904)

9,417

10,899 

422 

–

–

11,321 

–

(1,904)

9,417 

 – 

 – 

 422 

– 

–

– 

3,216 

3,216 

–

–

–

3,216 

–

–

3,216 

– 

– 

– 

1,541 

435

(12,615)

25,899

32,446 

1,657 

(197)

21

33,927 

1,009

(12,559)

22,377

3,522

 2,611 

 3,102 

During the year, the Group performed a detailed review of the fixed asset register which identified a number of historical fully amortised 
assets that are no longer in use by the business, and therefore these assets were disposed of in continuing operations. The disposed 
assets had a net book value of £nil (2022: £nil).

During the year, the Group disposed of intangible assets totalling a net book value of £56,000, resulting in a loss on disposal of £56,000 in 
discontinued operations. This has been recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in discontinued operations. 

The £56,000 loss on disposal of intangible assets in discontinued operations resulted from the disposal relating to the Really B2B 
business. In December 2023, the Group disposed of the Really B2B branding with a net book value of £49,000 for £nil proceeds, resulting 
in a loss of £49,000. Customer relationships recognised on the acquisition of the Really B2B business in 2017 with a net book value of 
£nil were disposed. Really B2B computer software assets were disposed at a net book value of £7,000 resulting in a loss of £7,000. These 
disposals were effected in line with the closure of the Really B2B brand within Xeim in line with the Group’s strategy to prioritise higher 
quality revenue and profit margin growth.

Amortisation of intangible assets is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The 
amortisation charge in continuing operations is £977,000 (2022: £1,626,000) and in discontinued operations is £32,000 (2022: £31,000). 
Amortisation on acquired intangible assets from business combinations is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) for further 
information). Total amortisation of £78,000 (2022: £521,000) on such assets is all amortisation on assets in the asset groups ‘Brands 
and publishing rights’ and ‘Customer relationships’. These total amounts relate to continuing operations £47,000 (2022: £490,000) and 
discontinued operations £31,000 (2022: £31,000) as shown in note 4. 

Other intangible assets are tested annually for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 at a segment level by comparing the carrying value 
with its recoverable amount (see note 10 for further details). No impairment was recognised in the current year or prior year.

The Company has no intangible assets (2022: £nil). 

102

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 January 2022

Additions - separately acquired

Remeasurement 

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Additions - separately acquired

Disposals

At 31 December 2023

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2022

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2023

Net book value at 31 December 2023

Net book value at 31 December 2022

Net book value at 1 January 2022

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

ROU assets – 
property
£’000

Total
£’000

 73 

21

–

–

–

 94 

40

(64)

 70 

 61 

7 

–

–

68

9 

(64)

13

57

26

12

 1,098 

 6,057 

 7,228 

273 

–

 (21)

2

1,352

71 

 (504)

919

 840 

170

 (21)

2

991

170

(504)

657

 262 

 361 

 258 

 – 

(120)

294

(120)

(5,937)

 (5,958)

–

–

 2,861 

–

2,861

 3,843 

2,094

(5,937)

–

–

954

–

954

1,907

–

 2,214 

2

1,446

2,972

 (568)

3,850

 4,744 

2,271

(5,958)

2

1,059

1,133

(568)

1,624

2,226

387

 2,484 

In the current year, the Group disposed of computer equipment and fixtures and fittings that are no longer in use by the business.  
The disposed assets had a net book value of £nil (2022: £nil).

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income.

The current year depreciation charge is £1,133,000 (2022: £2,271,000). 

In the prior year, depreciation of the ROU asset included £243,000 termination fee which was included in the cost of the ROU asset in the 
remeasurement on the agreement of the lease termination (see note 19). This £243,000 was presented as an adjusting item in note 4 and 
the remaining depreciation charge of £2,028,000 was in Adjusted Results. 

The Company has no property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).

103

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
13 Investments

Company 

Cost

At 1 January 2022

Additions

At 31 December 2022

Additions

At 31 December 2023

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

Net book value at 31 December 2023

Net book value at 31 December 2022

Net book value at 1 January 2022

Investments
in subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

151,548

374

151,922

552

152,474

86,393

66,081

65,529

65,155

Impairment testing of the investment
The carrying value of the investment represents the Company’s direct ownership of Centaur Communications Limited (‘CCL’). At 31 
December 2023, the investment was tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In assessing whether an impairment of the 
investment is required, the carrying value of the investment is compared with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is 
measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’). Although the Company only has direct ownership of CCL, CCL in turn directly or indirectly 
controls the rest of the Group’s subsidiaries. Therefore, the VIU of the Company’s investment in CCL is supported by the operations of the 
entire Group.

In the prior year, the UK’s economic uncertainty throughout 2022 was identified as an indication of impairment of the Company’s 
investment carrying value. Therefore, a full impairment assessment was performed. The results of the impairment assessment and 
sensitivities applied indicated that no impairment to the Company’s investment in CCL was required for the year ended 31 December 
2022 as the carrying value of the investment was supported by the underlying trade of the Group.

In the current year, the UK’s ongoing economic uncertainty throughout 2023 has been identified as an indication of impairment of the 
Company’s investment carrying value. Therefore, a full impairment assessment has been performed.

The Group estimates the VIU using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the assets and 
discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 10.8% (2022: 9.9%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted average cost of 
capital.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, adjusted1 EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal 
growth rate. These have been derived from a combination of experience and management’s expectations of future growth rates in the 
business. The Group has used the four-year plan forecast to 2027 for the first four years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth 
rate of 2.5% (2022: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s 
revenue. The four-year plan forecast to 2027 has been prepared brand by brand on a bottom-up basis following a review of the business 
where management has identified higher quality revenue streams for growth and focus, which will deliver the targets set out below, and 
conversely which areas of the business will be de-prioritised. Overall the four-year plan forecast to 2027 assumes continued profit growth 
reflecting top line expansion in key brands, while managing the impact of projected inflationary pressures.

Sensitivities are applied to each of the key assumptions and variables in isolation and in combination, in line with those sensitivities 
applied for goodwill impairment testing as outlined in note 10. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the 
effect of reasonably possible changes in the assumptions.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the Company’s investment in CCL is 
required for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Additions of £552,000 (2022: £374,000) related to capital contributions for share-based payments recharged to the Company’s 
subsidiaries.

104

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
 
 
13 Investments continued
In order to simplify the Group structure, the process to close dormant companies commenced during 2021.

The Group dissolved the following subsidiaries during the current year:

Name

Chiron Communications Limited 

Taxbriefs Holdings Limited

Proportion of 
ordinary shares 
and voting 
rights held (%) 

100

100

Principal 
activities

Dormant

Dormant

Country of 

incorporation Date of closure
11 January 
2023 

United 
Kingdom

United 
Kingdom

4 April 2023 

At 31 December 2023, the Group has control over the following subsidiaries:

Name
Centaur Communications Limited1

Centaur Media USA Inc.2

E-consultancy LLC2

E-consultancy.com Limited

Market Makers Incorporated Limited3 

TheLawyer.com Limited

Xeim Limited

Proportion of 
ordinary shares 
and voting 
rights held (%) 

Principal activities Country of incorporation

100 Holding company and agency services

United Kingdom

100

100

100

100

100

100

Digital information services

Holding company

United States

United States

Digital information services

United Kingdom

In liquidation

United Kingdom

 Digital information services 

United Kingdom

Digital information services

United Kingdom

1  Directly owned by Centaur Media Plc.
2  Registered address is 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1297, New York, NY 10001, USA. Functional currency is USD.
3  Market Makers Incorporated Limited was liquidated on 14 January 2024.

The registered address of all subsidiary companies, except for those identified above, is 10 York Road, London, SE1 7ND, United Kingdom. 
The functional currency of all subsidiaries is GBP except for those identified above. The consolidated financial statements incorporate the 
financial statements of all entities controlled by the Company at 31 December 2023. 

14 Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax account for the Group is shown below:

Net asset at 1 January 2022

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Recognised in the consolidated statement of changes in equity

Net asset at 31 December 2022

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Recognised in the consolidated statement of changes in equity

Net asset at 31 December 2023

Accelerated
capital 
allowances
£’000
710 

Other
temporary
differences
£’000
159 

13 

(443) 

–

280 

(115) 

(396) 

–

(231) 

23

268

233

683

(1)

173

(292)

563

Tax
losses
£’000
1,491 

(63)

(738)

–

690

1,872

(948)

–

1,614

Total
£’000
2,360 

(27)

(913)

233

1,653

1,756

(1,171)

(292)

1,946

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the 
balances net.

105

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
14 Deferred tax continued

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

2023
£’000

2,177

(231)

1,946

2022
£’000
1,673

(20)

1,653

At the year end, the Group has unused tax losses of £6,454,000 (2022: £2,935,000) available for offset against future profits. A deferred 
tax asset of £1,614,000 (2022: £690,000) has been recognised in respect of £6,454,000 (2022: £2,935,000) of such tax losses.

In line with the Group’s strategy to focus on profit margin growth, the Group has been profitable since 2021 and continuation of this 
profitable position is reflected in the Group’s four-year plan forecast to 2027. The Group has concluded that the deferred tax asset will 
be recoverable using the estimated future taxable profit based on the four-year plan forecast to 2027. This forecast was used in the 
impairment assessments performed for goodwill and investments. Refer to notes 10 and 13 for further details. The Group generated 
taxable profits in 2023 and is expected to generate taxable profits from 2024 onwards. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely and 
have no expiry date as long as the companies that have the losses continue to trade.

The Company has deferred tax assets on share options under long-term incentive plans and unused tax losses totalling £1,082,000 at  
31 December 2023 (2022: £375,000).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be materially utilised after 12 months.

15 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year

Trade receivables

Less: expected credit loss

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Amounts falling due after one year

Other receivables

Receivable from Employee Benefit Trust

Note

26

26

2023
Group
£’000

3,744

(188)

3,556 

126 

1,107 

300

5,089

2023
Group
£’000

166

–

166

2022
Group
£’000

4,348 

(537)

3,811 

430 

916 

200

5,357

2022
Group
£’000

27

–

27

2023
Company
£’000

2022
Company
£’000

–

–

–

23 

 113 

–

136

–

–

–

34 

 102 

–

136

2023
Company
£’000

2022
Company
£’000

4

875

879

27

1,198 

1,225

The receivable from Employee Benefit Trust is unsecured, has no fixed due date and does not bear interest.

Other receivables falling due after one year include £162,000 (2022: £278,000 amount falling due within one year) in relation to a deposit 
on the London property lease which is fully refundable at the end of the lease term. The previous London property lease ended on 31 
December 2022 and the Group was fully refunded for this deposit in 2023. The Group signed a new lease agreement commencing 1 
January 2023. Refer to note 19 for further detail.

16 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

The Company had no cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).

106

2023
Group
£’000

1,996

2022
Group
£’000

7,501

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 Short-term deposits

Short-term deposits 

2023
Group
£’000

7,500

2022
Group
£’000

8,500

The fixed term for these deposits is four months (2022: between four and five months). Interest for these short-term deposits is paid on 
maturity. Refer to note 6 for further detail.

18 Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Payables to subsidiaries

Accruals

Social security and other taxes

Other payables

2023
Group
£’000

1,198 

– 

5,713

1,003 

675 

8,589

2022
Group
£’000
727 

– 

7,590 

577 

758 

9,652 

2023
Company
£’000

– 

49,056

988

–

3

2022
Company
£’000
– 

34,744 

1,002 

–

23

50,047

35,769

Payables to subsidiaries are unsecured, have no fixed date of repayment and bear interest at an annual rate of 7.44% (2022: 5.68%).

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of the trade payables approximates their fair value.

19 Lease liabilities
The lease liability reflected below relates to a property lease, for which a corresponding right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset is held on the 
consolidated statement of financial position within property, plant and equipment and detailed in note 12.

At 1 January

Addition of lease liability

Remeasurement of lease liability

Interest expense

Cash outflow – lease payments

Cash outflow – termination fee

At 31 December

Current

Non-current

At 31 December

2023
Group
£’000

–

2,861

–

89

(973)

–

1,977

952

1,025

1,977

2022
Group
£’000
2,384

–

(271)

51

(1,921)

(243)

–

–

–

–

A new lease agreement was entered into with a commencement date of 1 January 2023, and therefore a lease liability and corresponding 
ROU asset has been recognised on 1 January 2023. This lease has a term of three years until 31 December 2025, with lease payments/
cash outflows of £973,000 for the first year of the lease term, increasing by 3.5% annually thereafter. 

The Group had one lease agreement in place during the prior year. In June 2022 an option to extend the lease was exercised, resulting 
in an increase to the lease liability and a corresponding increase to the ROU asset. Subsequently, in October 2022, an agreement to 
terminate the lease was signed, bringing the end date forward to 31 December 2022. This changed the lease term judgement previously 
made, and the lease liability was therefore remeasured. These two remeasurements resulted in the net decrease in lease liability of 
£271,000. The remeasurement upon agreement to terminate resulted in a proportionate adjustment to the ROU asset and lease liability 
based on the carrying values at the effective date, resulting in a gain on remeasurement of £151,000. In exiting the lease, the Group 
incurred a £243,000 termination fee. These were both recognised as adjusting items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income. Refer to note 1(b) and 4 for further details.

107

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
20 Deferred income

Deferred income

2023
Group
£’000

8,352

2022
Group
£’000

8,885

Deferred income arises on contracts with customers where revenue recognition criteria has not yet been met. See note 1(d) for further 
details. During the year ended 31 December 2023, £8,824,000 (2022: £7,831,000) of the deferred income balance of £8,885,000 at 31 
December 2022 (£7,846,000 at 31 December 2021) was recognised as revenue in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

21 Current tax assets

Corporation tax receivables

The Company had no corporation tax receivables or payables at 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).

22 Equity

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each
Authorised share capital – Group and Company

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

Issued and fully paid share capital – Group and Company

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

2023
Group
£’000

379

2022
Group
£’000

165

Nominal value
£’000

Number of 
shares

20,000  200,000,000 

15,141

151,410,226

Deferred shares reserve
The deferred shares reserve represents 800,000 (2022: 800,000) deferred shares of 10 pence each, which carry restricted voting rights 
and have no right to receive a dividend payment in respect of any financial year. 

Reserve for shares to be issued
The reserve for shares to be issued is in respect of equity-settled share-based payment plans. The movements in the reserve for shares 
to be issued represent the total charges for the year relating to equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees as 
accounted for under IFRS 2 less transfers from this reserve to retained earnings for shares exercised or lapsed during the year.

Own shares reserve
The own shares reserve represents the value of shares held as treasury shares and in the Employee Benefit Trust. At 31 December 2023, 
4,550,179 (2022: 4,550,179) 10 pence ordinary shares were held in treasury and 1,878,628 (2022: 3,112,784) 10 pence ordinary shares were 
held in the Employee Benefit Trust.

The Employee Benefit Trust issued 1,887,510 (2022: 201,355) shares to meet obligations arising from share-based rewards to employees 
that had vested and were exercised in the current year (2022: vested and exercised in 2022). The shares were issued at a historical 
weighted average cost of 67.6 pence (2022: 105.3 pence) per share. The total cost of £1,276,000 (2022: £212,000) has been recognised 
as a reduction in the own shares reserve in other reserves in equity.

During 2023, the Employee Benefit Trust purchased 653,354 (2022: 1,249,954) ordinary shares in order to meet future obligations 
arising from share-based rewards to employees. The shares were acquired at an average price of 49.4 pence per share. The total cost of 
£322,000 (2022: £604,000) has been recognised in the own shares reserve in equity.

108

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Share-based payments
The Group’s share-based payment expense for the year:

Share-based payment expense 

2023
£’000

1,095

2022
£’000

806

The share-based payment expense is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) for further information) and is included in net 
operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

The Group’s share-based payment plans are equity-settled upon vesting.

The share-based payment expense includes social security contributions which are settled in cash upon exercise. £146,000 (2022: 
£75,000) was charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in relation to employers NI on share-based payment plans 
and included in accruals on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Group operates a Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) for Executive Directors and selected senior management. This is an existing 
incentive policy and was approved by shareholders at the 2016 AGM. Full details on how the plan operates are included in the 
Remuneration Report.

During the year LTIP awards were granted to Executive Directors and selected senior management. Details of the performance conditions 
of these awards are disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

A reconciliation of the movements in LTIP awards is shown below.

Number of awards

At 1 January

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Lapsed

At 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence)

The awards granted during the year were priced using the following models and inputs:

Grant date
Share price at grant date (pence)

Weighted average fair value of options (pence)

Vesting date

Exercise price (pence)

Expected volatility (%)

Expected dividend yield (%)

Risk free interest rate (%)

Valuation model used

2023

2022

7,334,737

2,579,381

(1,887,510)

(434,081)

7,664,075

2,870,942

(201,355)

(166,057)

–

(2,832,868)

7,592,527

7,334,737

–

37.44

–

40.00

12/04/2023
49.00

47.31

12/04/2026

–

28.14

–

3.75

Stochastic

Options exercised during the year related to the 2020 LTIP awards that vested during the year (2022: 2019 LTIP awards). 

Options forfeited during the year were due to the participants leaving before the vesting date of the options. No options lapsed during the 
year. Options that lapsed in the prior year did not meet the performance conditions and related to a portion of the 2019 LTIP awards. No 
options expired during the year (2022: nil).

The share awards outstanding at 31 December 2023 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil (2022: £nil) and a weighted remaining 
life of 1.2 years (2022: 1.4 years).

109

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
23 Share-based payments continued
Deferred Share Bonus Plan
The Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’) was approved by the Board in May 2022 and applies to Executive Directors. Under the plan, the 
portion of their annual bonus greater than 75% of basic salary is deferred in accordance with the Group’s remuneration policy into awards 
in Centaur Media Plc shares. Awards under the DSBP are not subject to further performance conditions and vest after three years, subject 
to continued employment. Dividend equivalents may be awarded in respect of the DSBP awards on vesting. Further details on how the 
plan operates is included in the Remuneration Report.

A reconciliation of the movements in DSBP awards is shown below.

Number of awards

At 1 January

Granted

At 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence)

2023

2022

60,593

–

60,593

–

–

–

60,593

60,593

–

–

No options were granted during the year. In May 2022, 60,593 shares were awarded to Executive Directors under the DSBP, representing 
the portion of the 2021 bonus to Executive Directors greater than 75% of their basic salary. 

No options were exercised, forfeited or expired during the current and prior year.

The share awards outstanding at 31 December 2023 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil (2022: £nil) and a weighted remaining 
life of 1.2 years (2022: 2.2 years).

Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan 
The Centaur Media Plc 2010 Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘SELTIP’) was introduced during 2011 and was approved by 
shareholders at the 2010 AGM. This is not an HMRC approved plan and vests over a three-year period with service and performance 
conditions. Awards were granted under this plan in 2011 for no consideration and no exercise price. This plan closed to new awards in the 
prior year.

Number of awards

At 1 January

Expired

At 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence)

No options were granted, exercised, forfeited or lapsed during the current and prior year.

All options expired during the prior year.

2023

2022

–

–

–

–

–

6,862

(6,862)

–

–

–

Share Incentive Plan 
The Centaur Media Plc Share Incentive Plan (the ‘SIP’) is an HMRC approved Tax-Advantaged plan, which provides employees with the 
opportunity to purchase shares in the Company. This plan is open to all employees who have been employed by the Group for more than 
three months. Employees may invest up to £1,800 per annum (or 10% of their salary if less) in ordinary shares in the Company, which are 
held in trust. The shares are purchased in open market and are held in trust for each employee. The shares can be withdrawn with tax 
paid at any time, or tax-free after five years. The Group matches the contribution with a ratio of one share for every two purchased. Other 
than continuing employment, there are no other performance conditions attached to the plan. 

The Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Share Incentive Plan, as are all employees of the Group. 

Number of matching shares

Outstanding at 1 January

Awarded

Forfeited

Sold

Outstanding at 31 December

110

2023

2022

75,908

19,752

(4,941)

(436)

90,283

57,495

18,413

–

–

75,908

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
 
 
 
24 Dividends

Equity dividends

Final dividend for 2021: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share

Interim dividend for 2022: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share

Special dividend for 2022: 3.0 pence per 10 pence ordinary share

Special dividend for 2022: 2.0 pence per 10 pence ordinary share

Final dividend for 2022: 0.6 pence per 10 pence ordinary share

Interim dividend for 2023: 0.6 pence per 10 pence ordinary share

2023
£’000

–

–

4,312

2,875

859

870

8,916

2022
£’000

718

718

–

–

–

–

1,436

An interim dividend for the six months ended 30 June 2023 of £870,000 (0.6 pence per ordinary share) was paid on 20 October 2023 to 
all ordinary shareholders on the register as at close of business on 6 October 2023.

A final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023 of £1,740,000 (1.2 pence per ordinary share) is proposed by the Directors and, 
subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting, will be paid on 24 May 2024 to all ordinary shareholders on the register 
at the close of business on 10 May 2024. 

The interim, special and final dividends together resulted in a total dividend pertaining to 2022 of £8,764,000. 

25 Notes to the cash flow statement
Reconciliation of profit / (loss) for the year to cash generated from operating activities:

Profit / (loss) for the year

Adjustments for:

Taxation charge / (credit)

Finance income

Finance costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Loss on disposal of assets

Gain on remeasurement of lease 

Share-based payment expense 

Unrealised foreign exchange differences

Changes in working capital: 

Decrease / (increase) in trade and other receivables

(Decrease) / increase in trade and other payables

(Decrease) / Increase in deferred income

Cash generated from operating activities

Note

7

6

6

12

11

11

19

23

2023
Group
£’000

4,850

785

(266)

245

1,133

1,009

56

–

1,095

29 

25

(1,125)

(533)

7,303 

2022
Group
£’000
2,800

1,005

(85)

158

2,271 

1,657

–

(151)

806

(145) 

1,002 

(1,955)

1,039

8,402 

2023
Company
£’000

(4,521)

2022
Company
£’000
(4,619)

(1,871)

–

3,538

–

–

–

–

534

–

311

11,094

–

9,085

(1,106)

–

2,001

–

–

–

–

424

–

(17)

4,824

–

1,507

111

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
25 Notes to the cash flow statement continued
Reconciliation of movements of liabilities and associated assets to cash flows arising from financing activities:

At 1 January 2022

Changes from financing cash flows:

Finance costs paid

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Termination of lease

Other changes:

Finance costs

Remeasurement of lease liability

Extension fee on revolving credit facility

Balance at 31 December 2022

Changes from financing cash flows:

Finance costs paid

Extension fee on revolving credit facility

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Other changes:

Finance costs

Addition of lease liability

Extension fee on revolving credit facility

Balance at 31 December 2023

Group and 
Company
Net borrowings
 £’000
72

Note

Group
Lease 
liability
£’000
(2,384)

6

19

19

6

19

26

6

26

19

6

19

26

71

–

–

71

(105)

–

20

(85)

58

73

20

–

93

(106)

–

(20)

(126)

25

–

1,921

243

2,164

(51)

271

–

220

–

–

973

973

(89)

(2,861)

–

(2,950)

(1,977)

Net borrowings is comprised of a loan arrangement fee debtor of £28,000 (2022: £61,000) presented within other receivables and a 
commitment fee creditor of £3,000 presented within other payables (2022: £3,000). The movements of this asset and liability together 
give rise to cash flows from financing activities relating to the £10m revolving credit facility.

112

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED26 Financial instruments and financial risk management
Financial risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management policies. The Board receives monthly reports 
from the Chief Financial Officer through which it reviews the effectiveness of policies and processes put in place to manage risk. The 
Board sets policies that reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the operating effectiveness of the Group.

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, capital risk and currency 
risk. Of these, credit risk and liquidity risk are considered the most significant. This note presents information about the Group’s exposure 
to each of the above risks.

Categories of financial instruments
Details of the material accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the 
basis on which income and expenses are recognised in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are 
disclosed in note 1(m). All financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term deposits

Trade receivables – net 

Other receivables

Financial liabilities

Lease liability

Trade payables

Accruals

Other payables

Note

16

17

15

15

19

18

18

18

2023
£’000

1,996

7,500

 3,556 

 292 

13,344

1,977

 1,198

5,713

 675 

 9,563

2022
£’000

 7,501 

8,500

 3,811 

 457 

 20,269 

–

 727

 7,590 

 758 

 9,075

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The 
carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. The Group does not consider that 
it is subject to any significant concentrations of credit risk.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, of varying sizes and spread across diverse industries and geographies. The 
Group does not have significant exposure to credit risk in relation to any single counterparty or group of counterparties having similar 
characteristics. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced predominantly by the circumstances of individual customers as opposed 
to industry or geographic trends. 

The business assesses the credit quality of customers based on their financial position, past experience and other qualitative and 
quantitative factors. The Group’s policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms, which are generally 30 days 
from the date of invoice. Under normal trading conditions, the Group is exposed to relatively low levels of risk and potential losses are 
mitigated as a result of a diversified customer base and the requirement for events and certain premium content subscription invoices to 
be paid in advance of service delivery.

The credit control function within the Group’s finance department monitors the outstanding debts of the Group and trade receivable 
balances are analysed by the age and value of outstanding balances. 

Any trade receivable balance which is objectively determined to be uncollectible is written off the ledger, with a charge taken through the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group also records an allowance for the lifetime expected credit loss on its trade 
receivables balances under the simplified approach as mandated by IFRS 9. The impairment model for trade receivables, under IFRS 9, 
requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected lifetime credit losses rather than only incurred ones. All balances are 
reviewed with those greater than 90 days past due considered to carry a higher level of credit risk. Refer to note 1(m)(ii) for further details 
on the approach to allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables.

113

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
The allowance for expected lifetime credit losses, and changes to it, are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income.

The ageing of trade receivables according to their original due date is detailed below:

Not due

0-30 days past due

31-60 days past due

61-90 days past due

Over 90 days past due

2023
Gross
£’000

2,656

390

138 

82 

478 

3,744 

2023
Provision
£’000

(4) 

(2)

(2)

(2) 

(178) 

(188) 

2022
Gross
£’000
2,971

488

141 

74 

674 

4,348 

2022
Provision
£’000
(45) 

(15)

(9)

(9) 

(459) 

(537) 

In making the assessment that unprovided trade receivables are not impaired, the Directors have considered the quantum of gross trade 
receivables which relate to amounts not yet included in income, including amounts in deferred income and amounts relating to VAT. The 
credit quality of trade receivables not impaired has been assessed as acceptable. 

The movement in the allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables is detailed below:

Balance at 1 January

Utilised

Release

Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December

2023
Continuing
Group
£’000

2023
Discontinued
Group
£’000

405

(167)

(106)

(5)

127

132

(66)

(5)

–

61

2023
Total
Group
£’000

537

(233)

(111)

(5)

188

Re-presented2
2022
Continuing
Group
£’000
427

Re-presented2
2022
Discontinued
Group
£’000
137

Re-presented2
2022
Total
Group
£’000
564

(15)

(29)

22

405

(3)

(2)

–

132

(18)

(31)

22

537

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The Group’s policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms which are generally 30 days from the date 
of invoice or in the case of live events related revenue no less than 30 days before the event. All credit and recovery risk associated 
with trade receivables has been provided for in the consolidated statement of financial position. The Group’s policy for recognising an 
impairment loss is given in note 1(m)(ii). Impairment losses are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. 

The Directors consider the carrying value of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value. 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits
Banks and financial institutions are independently rated by credit rating agencies. We choose only to deal with those with a minimum ‘A’ 
rating. We determine the credit quality for cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits to be strong.

Other receivables
Other receivables are neither past due nor impaired. These are primarily made up of sundry receivables, including employee-related 
debtors and receivables in respect of distribution arrangements.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages liquidity  
risk by maintaining adequate reserves and working capital credit facilities, and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash 
flows. Since March 2021, the Group has had a multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest. The facility consists of a committed 
£10m facility and an additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and 
general corporate needs. In February 2024, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now runs to 
31 March 2026. As at 31 December 2023, the Group had cash of £1,996,000 (2022: £7,501,000) and short-term deposits of £7,500,000  
(2022: £8,500,000) with a full undrawn loan facility of £25,000,000 (2022: full undrawn loan facility of £25,000,000). 

114

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
The following tables detail the financial maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities: 

At 31 December 2023

Financial liabilities

Interest bearing

Non-interest bearing

At 31 December 2022

Financial liabilities

Non-interest bearing

Book value
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Less than
1 year
£’000

2–5 years
£’000

1,977

7,586 

9,563 

1,977

7,586 

9,563

952

7,586 

8,538

9,075 

9,075 

9,075

9,075

9,075

9,075

1,025

– 

1,025 

– 

– 

The Directors consider that book value is materially equal to fair value.

The book value of primary financial instruments approximates to fair value here the instrument is on a short maturity or where they bear 
interest at rates that approximate to the market.

The following table details the level of fair value hierarchy for the Group’s financial assets and liabilities:

Financial Assets

Level 1

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term deposits 

Level 3

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Financial Liabilities

Level 3

Lease liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals

Other payables

Borrowings*

*  Borrowings are purely in relation to the Group’s revolving credit facility which is discussed above. The amount drawn down from this facility at 31 December 

2023 was £nil (2022: £nil).

All trade and other payables are due for payment in one year or less, or on demand. 

Interest rate risk
The Group’s financial assets are not significant interest-bearing assets. The Group is exposed to interest rate risk when it borrows funds at 
floating interest rates through its revolving credit facility. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate 
risk. The Group evaluates its risk appetite towards interest rate risks regularly to manage interest rate risk in relation to its revolving credit 
facility if deemed necessary. 

The Group did not enter any hedging transactions during the current or prior year and as at 31 December 2023 the only floating rate to 
which the Group was exposed was SONIA. The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in 
the liquidity risk section of this note.

Interest rate sensitivity
The Group has not drawn down from its revolving credit facility in the current year or prior year therefore a sensitivity analysis has not 
been performed.

Capital risk 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that all entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising return 
to shareholders, as well as sustaining the future development of the business.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net cash, which includes cash and cash equivalents (note 16), short-term deposits (note 
17) and equity attributable to the owners of the parent, comprising issued share capital (note 22), other reserves and retained earnings. 
The Board also considers the levels of own shares held for employee share plans and the ability to issue new shares for acquisitions, in 
managing capital risk in the business.

115

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
Since March 2021, the Group has benefited from its banking facility with NatWest, which featured a committed £10m facility and an 
additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and general corporate 
needs. In February 2024, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now runs to 31 March 2026. Interest 
is calculated on SONIA plus a margin dependent on the Group’s net leverage position, which is re-measured quarterly in line with 
covenant testing. The Group’s borrowings are subject to financial covenants tested quarterly. The principal financial covenants under the 
facility are that the ratio of net debt to EBITDA shall not exceed 2.5:1 and the ratio of EBITDA to net finance charges shall not be less than 
4:1. At no point during the current year or prior year did the Group breach its covenants

Currency risk
Substantially all the Group’s net assets are in the United Kingdom. Most of the revenue and profits are generated in the United Kingdom 
and consequently foreign exchange risk is limited. The Group continues to monitor its exposure to currency risk, particularly as the 
business expands into overseas territories such as North America, however the results of the Group are not currently considered to be 
sensitive to movements in currency rates.

27 Pension schemes
The Group contributes to individual and collective money purchase pension schemes in respect of Directors and employees once they 
have completed the requisite period of service. The charge for the year in respect of these defined contribution schemes is shown in note 
5. Included within other payables is an amount of £90,000 (2022: £92,000) payable in respect of the money purchase pension schemes.

28 Capital commitments
At 31 December 2022, the Group had signed a lease agreement for a London property with a commencement date of 1 January 2023. 
This lease has a term of three years until 31 December 2025, with lease payments/cash outflows of £973,000 for the first year of the 
lease term, increasing by 3.5% annually thereafter. There is a deposit for the new London property lease which will be payable from 
the commencement date of 1 January 2023 of £162,000. This is fully refundable at the end of the lease term. This lease has now been 
recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023 accordingly within property, plant and equipment 
(note 12), trade and other receivables (note 15) and lease liabilities (note 19). 

There are no capital commitments as at 31 December 2023.

29 Related party transactions
Group
Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5. There were no other material related party transactions for the Group in the 
current or prior year.

Company
The Company had the following transactions with subsidiaries and related parties during the year.

i) Interest
During the year, interest was recharged from subsidiary companies as follows:

Net interest payable

There were no borrowings at the end of the year (2022: £nil).

The balances outstanding with subsidiary companies are disclosed in note 18.

2023
£’000

3,432

2022
£’000

1,896

ii) Dividends
During both the current and prior year, the Company did not receive any dividends from its subsidiaries. 

iii) Employee Benefit Trust
The assets and liabilities of the Employee Benefit Trust are comprised in the consolidated statement of financial position. Transactions 
between the Employee Benefit Trust and the Company are detailed in notes 22 and 23. Details of the Company’s receivable from the 
Employee Benefit Trust is in note 15.

There were no other material related party transactions for the Company in the current or prior year.

116

www.centaurmedia.comNotes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUED 
 
29 Related party transactions continued
Audit exemption
For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Company has provided a guarantee pursuant to sections 479A-C of Companies Act 2006 
over the liabilities of the following subsidiaries and, as such, they are exempt from the requirements of the Act relating to the audit of 
individual financial statements, or preparation of individual financial statements, as appropriate, for this financial year.

Name
Centaur Communications Limited

Econsultancy.com Limited

Market Makers Incorporated Limited1

TheLawyer.com Limited

Xeim Limited

1  Market Makers Incorporated Limited was liquidated on 14 January 2024.

See note 13 for changes to subsidiary holdings during the year.

30 Events after the reporting date
No material events have occurred after the reporting date.

Company 
number
01595235

04047149

05063707

11491880

05243851

Outstanding 
liabilities
£’000
24,696

201 

–

3,027 

8,480

117

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFive Year Record (Unaudited)

Revenue (£m)

Operating (loss) / profit (£m)

Adjusted operating (loss) / profit (£m)

Adjusted operating (loss) / profit margin

(Loss) / profit before tax (£m)

Adjusted (loss) / profit before tax (£m)

Adjusted diluted EPS (pence)

Ordinary dividend per share (pence)

Special dividend per share (pence)

Net operating cash flow (£m)

Average permanent headcount (FTE)

Revenue per head (£’000)

Revenue from continuing operations by type 
Premium Content

Training and Advisory

Marketing Services

Events

Marketing Solutions

Recruitment Advertising

Other
Goodwill and other intangible assets

Other assets and liabilities

Net assets before net cash

Net cash

Total equity

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

2019*
39.6

(7.8)

(1.2)

(3%)

(8.1)

(1.5)

0.3

1.5

2.0

4.7

317

125

2019*
£m
14.4

7.6

4.3

6.4

4.6

2.3

39.6

2019*
£m
61.2

(9.4)

51.8

9.3

61.1

 3.5

 4.9 

13%

3.5

4.9

 2.5

1.1

5.0

 8.4 

 237 

 162 

2021*
 39.1 

Re-presented2
2022
38.4

2020*
 32.4 

 (2.3)

–

–

 (2.6)

 (0.3)

 0.3 

 0.5 

–

 2.1 

 1.6

 3.2 

8%

 1.4

 3.0

 1.9 

1.0

–

 9.5 

 282 

 264 

 115 

 148 

2020*
£m
13.2

8.5

2.9

2.5

4.2

1.1

32.4

2020*
£m
 46.1 

 (7.2)

 38.9 

 8.3 

47.2

2021*
£m
12.9

12.6

3.3

3.8

5.0

1.5

39.1

2021*
£m
 44.2 

 (10.2)

 34.0 

 13.1 

47.1

Re-presented2
2022
£m
14.7

14.4

–

4.6

3.5

1.2

38.4

Re-presented2
2022
£m
 43.8 

 (11.0)

 32.8 

 16.0 

48.8

2023

37.3

6.1

7.6

20%

6.1

7.6

 4.2

1.8

–

5.8

 233 

160

2023
£m

15.2

14.8

–

3.9

2.3

1.1

37.3

2023
£m

 44.7 

 (9.1)

 35.6

 9.5 

45.1

*  2019–2021 have not been re-presented with regards to discontinued operations relating to the closure of the Really B2B and Design Week brands in 2023. 2022 has been  

re-presented for discontinued operations in line with the comparatives disclosed in these financial statements.

118

www.centaurmedia.comDirectors, Advisers and
other Corporate Information

Registrars
Share Registrars Limited 
3 The Millennium Centre 
Crosby Way 
Farnham 
Surrey 
GU9 7XX

External Lawyers
Dechert LLP 
160 Queen Victoria Street 
London 
EC4V 4QQ

Brokers
Investec Bank plc 
Singer Capital Markets

I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

R
E
H
T
O

Company registration number
04948078

Incorporated/domiciled in
England and Wales

Registered office
10 York Road 
London 
SE1 7ND 
United Kingdom

Directors 
Colin Jones (Chair) 
Swagatam Mukerji (Chief Executive Officer) 
Simon Longfield (Chief Financial Officer) 
William Eccleshare  
Carol Hosey  
Leslie-Ann Reed  
Richard Staveley

Company Secretary
Helen Silver

Independent Auditor
Crowe U.K. LLP 
55 Ludgate Hill 
London 
EC4M 7JW

The production of this report supports the work of the Woodland Trust, the 
UK’s leading woodland conservation charity. Each tree planted will grow into a 
vital carbon store, helping to reduce environmental impact as well as creating 
natural havens for wildlife and people.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
C

E

N

T

A

U

R

M

E

D

I

A

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

3

10 York Road
London
SE1 7ND